Mercurial > emacs
annotate lispintro/texinfo.tex @ 53879:e3771c262410
New file. Move original fringe related declarations
and code from dispextern.h and xdisp.c here.
Rework code to support user defined fringe bitmaps, redefining
standard bitmaps, ability to overlay user defined bitmap with
overlay arrow bitmap, and add faces to bitmaps.
(Voverflow_newline_into_fringe): Declare here.
(enum fringe_bitmap_align): New enum.
(..._bits): All bitmaps are now defined without bitswapping; that
is now done in init_fringe_once (if necessary).
(standard_bitmaps): New array with specifications for the
standard fringe bitmaps.
(fringe_faces): New array.
(valid_fringe_bitmap_id_p): New function.
(draw_fringe_bitmap_1): Rename from draw_fringe_bitmap.
(draw_fringe_bitmap): New function which draws fringe bitmap,
possibly overlaying bitmap with cursor in right fringe or the
overlay arrow in the left fringe.
(update_window_fringes): Do not handle overlay arrow here.
Compare and copy fringe bitmap faces.
(init_fringe_bitmap): New function.
(Fdefine_fringe_bitmap, Fdestroy_fringe_bitmap): New DEFUNs to
define and destroy user defined fringe bitmaps.
(Fset_fringe_bitmap_face): New DEFUN to set face for a fringe bitmap.
(Ffringe_bitmaps_at_pos): New DEFUN to read current fringe bitmaps.
(syms_of_fringe): New function. Defsubr new DEFUNs.
DEFVAR_LISP Voverflow_newline_into_fringe.
(init_fringe_once, init_fringe): New functions.
(w32_init_fringe, w32_reset_fringes) [WINDOWS_NT]: New functions.
author | Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk> |
---|---|
date | Sun, 08 Feb 2004 23:18:16 +0000 |
parents | c22fbd2084b4 |
children | 23a17af379b1 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
41418 | 1 % texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. |
2 % | |
3 % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. | |
4 \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi | |
5 % | |
53451
c22fbd2084b4
Use arch-tag: syntax that tla can grok
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53396
diff
changeset
|
6 \def\texinfoversion{2003-12-30.09} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
7 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
8 % Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
9 % 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
41418 | 10 % |
11 % This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or | |
12 % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as | |
13 % published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at | |
14 % your option) any later version. | |
15 % | |
16 % This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be | |
17 % useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty | |
18 % of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU | |
19 % General Public License for more details. | |
20 % | |
21 % You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
22 % along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write | |
23 % to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, | |
24 % Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. | |
25 % | |
26 % In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. | |
27 % You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve | |
28 % what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! | |
29 % | |
30 % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug | |
31 % reports; you can get the latest version from: | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
32 % ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/texinfo.tex |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
33 % (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html) |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
34 % ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
35 % (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org), |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
36 % and /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
37 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
38 % The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
39 % |
41418 | 40 % The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out |
41 % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
42 % |
41418 | 43 % Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a |
44 % complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the | |
45 % problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. | |
46 % | |
47 % To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the | |
48 % texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple | |
49 % manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: | |
50 % tex foo.texi | |
51 % texindex foo.?? | |
52 % tex foo.texi | |
53 % tex foo.texi | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
54 % dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
55 % The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. |
41418 | 56 % Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more |
57 % than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. | |
58 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
59 % It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
60 % extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
61 % full Texinfo distribution. |
41418 | 62 |
63 \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} | |
64 | |
65 % If in a .fmt file, print the version number | |
66 % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because | |
67 % they might have appeared in the input file name. | |
68 \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% | |
69 \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} | |
70 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
71 \message{Basics,} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
72 \chardef\other=12 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
73 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
74 % We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
75 % For @tex, we can use \tabalign. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
76 \let\+ = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
77 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
78 % Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. |
41418 | 79 \let\ptexb=\b |
80 \let\ptexbullet=\bullet | |
81 \let\ptexc=\c | |
82 \let\ptexcomma=\, | |
83 \let\ptexdot=\. | |
84 \let\ptexdots=\dots | |
85 \let\ptexend=\end | |
86 \let\ptexequiv=\equiv | |
87 \let\ptexexclam=\! | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
88 \let\ptexgtr=> |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
89 \let\ptexhat=^ |
41418 | 90 \let\ptexi=\i |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
91 \let\ptexindent=\indent |
41418 | 92 \let\ptexlbrace=\{ |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
93 \let\ptexless=< |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
94 \let\ptexplus=+ |
41418 | 95 \let\ptexrbrace=\} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
96 \let\ptexslash=\/ |
41418 | 97 \let\ptexstar=\* |
98 \let\ptext=\t | |
99 | |
100 % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it | |
101 % starts a new line in the output. | |
102 \newlinechar = `^^J | |
103 | |
104 % Set up fixed words for English if not already set. | |
105 \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi | |
106 \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi | |
107 \ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi | |
108 \ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi | |
109 \ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi | |
110 \ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi | |
111 \ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi | |
112 \ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi | |
113 \ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi | |
114 \ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi | |
115 \ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi | |
116 \ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi | |
117 \ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi | |
118 \ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi | |
119 \ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi | |
120 \ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi | |
121 \ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi | |
122 \ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi | |
123 \ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi | |
124 % | |
125 \ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi | |
126 \ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi | |
127 \ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi | |
128 \ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi | |
129 \ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi | |
130 \ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi | |
131 \ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi | |
132 \ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi | |
133 \ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi | |
134 \ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi | |
135 \ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi | |
136 \ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi | |
137 % | |
138 \ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi | |
139 \ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi | |
140 \ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi | |
141 \ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi | |
142 \ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi | |
143 \ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi | |
144 \ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi | |
145 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
146 % In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
147 % in some cases the escape char. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
148 \chardef\colonChar = `\: |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
149 \chardef\commaChar = `\, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
150 \chardef\dotChar = `\. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
151 \chardef\equalChar = `\= |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
152 \chardef\exclamChar= `\! |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
153 \chardef\questChar = `\? |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
154 \chardef\semiChar = `\; |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
155 \chardef\spaceChar = `\ % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
156 \chardef\underChar = `\_ |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
157 |
41418 | 158 % Ignore a token. |
159 % | |
160 \def\gobble#1{} | |
161 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
162 % True if #1 is the empty string, i.e., called like `\ifempty{}'. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
163 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
164 \def\ifempty#1{\ifemptyx #1\emptymarkA\emptymarkB}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
165 \def\ifemptyx#1#2\emptymarkB{\ifx #1\emptymarkA}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
166 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
167 % Hyphenation fixes. |
41418 | 168 \hyphenation{ap-pen-dix} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
169 \hyphenation{eshell} |
41418 | 170 \hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
171 \hyphenation{time-stamp} |
41418 | 172 \hyphenation{white-space} |
173 | |
174 % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
175 \newdimen\bindingoffset |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
176 \newdimen\normaloffset |
41418 | 177 \newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight |
178 | |
179 % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file | |
180 % and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
181 % since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
182 % some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
183 % file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. |
41418 | 184 % |
185 \def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
186 \def\loggingall{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
187 \tracingstats2 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
188 \tracingpages1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
189 \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
190 \tracingparagraphs1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
191 \tracingoutput1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
192 \tracingmacros2 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
193 \tracingrestores1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
194 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
195 \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
196 \tracingscantokens1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
197 \tracingifs1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
198 \tracinggroups1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
199 \tracingnesting2 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
200 \tracingassigns1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
201 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
202 \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
203 \errorcontextlines\maxdimen |
41418 | 204 }% |
205 | |
206 % add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing | |
207 % we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
208 % |
41418 | 209 \def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount |
210 \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} | |
211 \def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount | |
212 \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} | |
213 \def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount | |
214 \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} | |
215 | |
216 % For @cropmarks command. | |
217 % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. | |
218 % | |
219 \newif\ifcropmarks | |
220 \let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue | |
221 % | |
222 % Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. | |
223 % Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 | |
224 % | |
225 \newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines | |
226 \newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc | |
227 \newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt | |
228 \newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in | |
229 | |
230 % Main output routine. | |
231 \chardef\PAGE = 255 | |
232 \output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} | |
233 | |
234 \newbox\headlinebox | |
235 \newbox\footlinebox | |
236 | |
237 % \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents | |
238 % does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. | |
239 \def\onepageout#1{% | |
240 \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi | |
241 % | |
242 \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset | |
243 \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi | |
244 % | |
245 % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in | |
246 % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). | |
247 \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% | |
248 \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% | |
249 % | |
250 {% | |
251 % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to | |
252 % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends | |
253 % before the \shipout runs. | |
254 % | |
255 \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. | |
256 \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. | |
257 \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if | |
258 % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. | |
259 \shipout\vbox{% | |
260 % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. | |
261 \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi | |
262 % | |
263 \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup | |
264 \hsize = \outerhsize | |
265 \vskip-\topandbottommargin | |
266 \vtop to0pt{% | |
267 \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% | |
268 \nointerlineskip | |
269 \line{% | |
270 \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% | |
271 \hfill | |
272 \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% | |
273 }% | |
274 \vss}% | |
275 \vskip\topandbottommargin | |
276 \line\bgroup | |
277 \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. | |
278 \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi | |
279 \vbox\bgroup | |
280 \fi | |
281 % | |
282 \unvbox\headlinebox | |
283 \pagebody{#1}% | |
284 \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt | |
285 % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. | |
286 % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.) | |
287 % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. | |
288 \vskip 2\baselineskip | |
289 \unvbox\footlinebox | |
290 \fi | |
291 % | |
292 \ifcropmarks | |
293 \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup | |
294 \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup | |
295 \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill | |
296 \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick | |
297 \vbox to0pt{\vss | |
298 \line{% | |
299 \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% | |
300 \hfill | |
301 \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% | |
302 }% | |
303 \nointerlineskip | |
304 \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% | |
305 }% | |
306 \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause | |
307 \fi | |
308 }% end of \shipout\vbox | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
309 }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive |
41418 | 310 \advancepageno |
311 \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi | |
312 } | |
313 | |
314 \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen | |
315 | |
316 \def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} | |
317 {\catcode`\@ =11 | |
318 \gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi | |
319 % marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) | |
320 \ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present | |
321 \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi | |
322 \dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 | |
323 \ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi | |
324 \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} | |
325 } | |
326 | |
327 % Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are | |
328 % offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize | |
329 % (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) | |
330 % | |
331 \def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} | |
332 \def\nstop{\vbox | |
333 {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} | |
334 \def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} | |
335 \def\nsbot{\vbox | |
336 {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} | |
337 | |
338 % Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of | |
339 % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a | |
340 % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. | |
341 % | |
342 \def\parsearg#1{% | |
343 \let\next = #1% | |
344 \begingroup | |
345 \obeylines | |
346 \futurelet\temp\parseargx | |
347 } | |
348 | |
349 % If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or | |
350 % the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done. | |
351 \def\parseargx{% | |
352 % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces. | |
353 \ifx\obeyedspace\temp | |
354 \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace | |
355 \else | |
356 \expandafter\parseargline | |
357 \fi | |
358 } | |
359 | |
360 % Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call). | |
361 {\obeyspaces % | |
362 \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}} | |
363 | |
364 {\obeylines % | |
365 \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% | |
366 \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. | |
367 % | |
368 % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment. | |
369 % Result of each macro is put in \toks0. | |
370 \argremovec #1\c\relax % | |
371 \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax % | |
372 % | |
373 % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg. | |
374 \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}% | |
375 }% | |
376 } | |
377 | |
378 % Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX | |
379 % do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call | |
380 % in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is | |
381 % just to delimit the argument to the \c. | |
382 \def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} | |
383 \def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} | |
384 | |
385 % \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g., | |
386 % @end itemize @c foo | |
387 % will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the | |
388 % `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the | |
389 % result to \toks0. | |
390 % | |
391 % This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces | |
392 % in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded. | |
393 % Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever | |
394 % does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed | |
395 % here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of | |
396 % \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument | |
397 % that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it. | |
398 % | |
399 \def\removeactivespaces#1{% | |
400 \begingroup | |
401 \ignoreactivespaces | |
402 \edef\temp{#1}% | |
403 \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}% | |
404 \endgroup | |
405 } | |
406 | |
407 % Change the active space to expand to nothing. | |
408 % | |
409 \begingroup | |
410 \obeyspaces | |
411 \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty} | |
412 \endgroup | |
413 | |
414 | |
415 \def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} | |
416 | |
417 %% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away | |
418 %% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup) | |
419 \newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi} | |
420 \def\ENVcheck{% | |
421 \ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue} | |
422 \endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage | |
423 | |
424 % @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now. | |
425 \newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} | |
426 | |
427 \outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx} | |
428 | |
429 \def\beginxxx #1{% | |
430 \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax | |
431 {\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else | |
432 \csname #1\endcsname\fi} | |
433 | |
434 % @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. | |
435 % | |
436 \def\end{\parsearg\endxxx} | |
437 \def\endxxx #1{% | |
438 \removeactivespaces{#1}% | |
439 \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}% | |
440 % | |
441 \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax | |
442 \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax | |
443 % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo. | |
444 \errhelp = \EMsimple | |
445 \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}% | |
446 \else | |
447 \unmatchedenderror\endthing | |
448 \fi | |
449 \else | |
450 % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started. | |
451 \csname E\endthing\endcsname | |
452 \fi | |
453 } | |
454 | |
455 % There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error. | |
456 % | |
457 \def\unmatchedenderror#1{% | |
458 \errhelp = \EMsimple | |
459 \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}% | |
460 } | |
461 | |
462 % Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error. | |
463 % | |
464 \def\defineunmatchedend#1{% | |
465 \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}% | |
466 } | |
467 | |
468 | |
469 %% Simple single-character @ commands | |
470 | |
471 % @@ prints an @ | |
472 % Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). | |
473 \def\@{{\tt\char64}} | |
474 | |
475 % This is turned off because it was never documented | |
476 % and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. | |
477 %% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' | |
478 %% but suppressing ligatures. | |
479 %\def\`{{`}} | |
480 %\def\'{{'}} | |
481 | |
482 % Used to generate quoted braces. | |
483 \def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} | |
484 \def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} | |
485 \let\{=\mylbrace | |
486 \let\}=\myrbrace | |
487 \begingroup | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
488 % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
489 % and @{ and @} for the aux file. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
490 \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other |
41418 | 491 \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
492 \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
493 !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
494 !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
495 !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
496 !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
497 !endgroup |
41418 | 498 |
499 % Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
500 % Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. |
41418 | 501 \let\, = \c |
502 \let\dotaccent = \. | |
503 \def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} | |
504 \let\tieaccent = \t | |
505 \let\ubaraccent = \b | |
506 \let\udotaccent = \d | |
507 | |
508 % Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
509 % Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. |
41418 | 510 \def\questiondown{?`} |
511 \def\exclamdown{!`} | |
512 | |
513 % Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. | |
514 \def\imacro{i} | |
515 \def\jmacro{j} | |
516 \def\dotless#1{% | |
517 \def\temp{#1}% | |
518 \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi | |
519 \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j | |
520 \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% | |
521 \fi\fi | |
522 } | |
523 | |
524 % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space | |
525 % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space | |
526 % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and | |
527 % since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the | |
528 % penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. | |
529 {\catcode`@ = 11 | |
530 % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble | |
531 % if the definition is written into an index file. | |
532 \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M | |
533 \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } | |
534 } | |
535 | |
536 % @: forces normal size whitespace following. | |
537 \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } | |
538 | |
539 % @* forces a line break. | |
540 \def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} | |
541 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
542 % @/ allows a line break. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
543 \let\/=\allowbreak |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
544 |
41418 | 545 % @. is an end-of-sentence period. |
546 \def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } | |
547 | |
548 % @! is an end-of-sentence bang. | |
549 \def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 } | |
550 | |
551 % @? is an end-of-sentence query. | |
552 \def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 } | |
553 | |
554 % @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the | |
555 % beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would | |
556 % produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. | |
557 \def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} | |
558 | |
559 % @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing | |
560 % it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box | |
561 % to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for | |
562 % \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is | |
563 % max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, | |
564 % therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and | |
565 % the text is small, which looks bad. | |
566 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
567 % Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
568 % cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
569 % does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
570 % explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
571 % threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
572 % percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
573 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
574 \newbox\groupbox |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
575 \def\vfilllimit{0.7} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
576 % |
41418 | 577 \def\group{\begingroup |
578 \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else | |
579 \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp | |
580 \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% | |
581 \fi | |
582 % | |
583 % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large | |
584 % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the | |
585 % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of | |
586 % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space | |
587 % above. But it's pretty close. | |
588 \def\Egroup{% | |
589 \egroup % End the \vtop. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
590 % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
591 \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
592 % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
593 \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
594 % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
595 % group, force a page break. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
596 \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
597 \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
598 \page |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
599 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
600 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
601 \copy\groupbox |
41418 | 602 \endgroup % End the \group. |
603 }% | |
604 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
605 \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup |
41418 | 606 % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in |
607 % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it. | |
608 % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group | |
609 % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the | |
610 % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself. | |
611 % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line. | |
612 \everypar = {\strut}% | |
613 % | |
614 % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's | |
615 % normal interline spacing. | |
616 \offinterlineskip | |
617 % | |
618 % OK, but now we have to do something about blank | |
619 % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally | |
620 % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've | |
621 % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an | |
622 % empty paragraph. | |
623 \ifx\par\lisppar | |
624 \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}% | |
625 % | |
626 % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par. | |
627 \obeylines | |
628 \fi | |
629 % | |
630 % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as | |
631 % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an | |
632 % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after | |
633 % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group | |
634 % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo | |
635 % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. | |
636 \comment | |
637 } | |
638 % | |
639 % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help | |
640 % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. | |
641 % | |
642 \newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% | |
643 group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% | |
644 where each line of input produces a line of output.} | |
645 | |
646 % @need space-in-mils | |
647 % forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. | |
648 | |
649 \newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in | |
650 | |
651 \def\need{\parsearg\needx} | |
652 | |
653 % Old definition--didn't work. | |
654 %\def\needx #1{\par % | |
655 %% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally | |
656 %% if the depth of the box does not fit. | |
657 %{\baselineskip=0pt% | |
658 %\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak | |
659 %\prevdepth=-1000pt | |
660 %}} | |
661 | |
662 \def\needx#1{% | |
663 % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a | |
664 % paragraph. | |
665 \par | |
666 % | |
667 % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. | |
668 \dimen0 = #1\mil | |
669 \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox | |
670 \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox | |
671 \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 | |
672 % | |
673 % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the | |
674 % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. | |
675 % And a page break here is fine. | |
676 \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% | |
677 % | |
678 % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the | |
679 % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the | |
680 % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider | |
681 % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the | |
682 % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. | |
683 % | |
684 % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the | |
685 % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in | |
686 % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which | |
687 % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing | |
688 % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an | |
689 % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real | |
690 % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. | |
691 \penalty9999 | |
692 % | |
693 % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. | |
694 \kern -#1\mil | |
695 % | |
696 % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. | |
697 \nobreak | |
698 \fi | |
699 } | |
700 | |
701 % @br forces paragraph break | |
702 | |
703 \let\br = \par | |
704 | |
705 % @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font. | |
706 % We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter | |
707 % font as three actual period characters. | |
708 % | |
709 \def\dots{% | |
710 \leavevmode | |
711 \hbox to 1.5em{% | |
712 \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil | |
713 .\hss.\hss.% | |
714 \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil | |
715 }% | |
716 } | |
717 | |
718 % @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. | |
719 % | |
720 \def\enddots{% | |
721 \leavevmode | |
722 \hbox to 2em{% | |
723 \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil | |
724 .\hss.\hss.\hss.% | |
725 \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil | |
726 }% | |
727 \spacefactor=3000 | |
728 } | |
729 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
730 % @page forces the start of a new page. |
41418 | 731 % |
732 \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} | |
733 | |
734 % @exdent text.... | |
735 % outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin | |
736 | |
737 % This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. | |
738 % That's how much \exdent should take out. | |
739 \newskip\exdentamount | |
740 | |
741 % This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. | |
742 \def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy} | |
743 \def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} | |
744 | |
745 % This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. | |
746 \def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy} | |
747 \def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount | |
748 \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} | |
749 | |
750 % @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current | |
751 % paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion | |
752 % class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. | |
753 % | |
754 \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm | |
755 \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} | |
756 % | |
757 \def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% | |
758 \nobreak | |
759 \kern-\strutdepth | |
760 \vtop to \strutdepth{% | |
761 \baselineskip=\strutdepth | |
762 \vss | |
763 % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to | |
764 % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. | |
765 \ifx#1l% | |
766 \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% | |
767 \else | |
768 \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% | |
769 \fi | |
770 \null | |
771 }% | |
772 }} | |
773 \def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} | |
774 \def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} | |
775 % | |
776 % @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} | |
777 % (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; | |
778 % else use TEXT for both). | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
779 % |
41418 | 780 \def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} |
781 \def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
782 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% |
41418 | 783 \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt |
784 \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts | |
785 \def\righttext{#2}% | |
786 \else | |
787 \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text | |
788 \def\righttext{#1}% | |
789 \fi | |
790 % | |
791 \ifodd\pageno | |
792 \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin | |
793 \else | |
794 \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% | |
795 \fi | |
796 \temp | |
797 } | |
798 | |
799 % @include file insert text of that file as input. | |
800 % Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). | |
801 \def\include{\begingroup | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
802 \catcode`\\=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
803 \catcode`~=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
804 \catcode`^=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
805 \catcode`_=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
806 \catcode`|=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
807 \catcode`<=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
808 \catcode`>=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
809 \catcode`+=\other |
41418 | 810 \parsearg\includezzz} |
811 % Restore active chars for included file. | |
812 \def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup | |
813 % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work. | |
814 \def\thisfile{#1}% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
815 \let\value=\expandablevalue |
41418 | 816 \input\thisfile |
817 \endgroup} | |
818 | |
819 \def\thisfile{} | |
820 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
821 % @center line |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
822 % outputs that line, centered. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
823 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
824 \def\center{\parsearg\docenter} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
825 \def\docenter#1{{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
826 \ifhmode \hfil\break \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
827 \advance\hsize by -\leftskip |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
828 \advance\hsize by -\rightskip |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
829 \line{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
830 \ifhmode \break \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
831 }} |
41418 | 832 |
833 % @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space | |
834 | |
835 \def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx} | |
836 \def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip} | |
837 | |
838 % @comment ...line which is ignored... | |
839 % @c is the same as @comment | |
840 % @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment | |
841 | |
842 \def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% | |
843 \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% | |
844 \commentxxx} | |
845 {\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} | |
846 | |
847 \let\c=\comment | |
848 | |
849 % @paragraphindent NCHARS | |
850 % We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
851 % NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
852 % We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
853 % |
41418 | 854 \def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords |
855 \def\noneword{none} | |
856 % | |
857 \def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent} | |
858 \def\doparagraphindent#1{% | |
859 \def\temp{#1}% | |
860 \ifx\temp\asisword | |
861 \else | |
862 \ifx\temp\noneword | |
863 \defaultparindent = 0pt | |
864 \else | |
865 \defaultparindent = #1em | |
866 \fi | |
867 \fi | |
868 \parindent = \defaultparindent | |
869 } | |
870 | |
871 % @exampleindent NCHARS | |
872 % We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. | |
873 % It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but | |
874 % I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. | |
875 \def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent} | |
876 \def\doexampleindent#1{% | |
877 \def\temp{#1}% | |
878 \ifx\temp\asisword | |
879 \else | |
880 \ifx\temp\noneword | |
881 \lispnarrowing = 0pt | |
882 \else | |
883 \lispnarrowing = #1em | |
884 \fi | |
885 \fi | |
886 } | |
887 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
888 % @firstparagraphindent WORD |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
889 % If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
890 % after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indentat such |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
891 % paragraphs. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
892 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
893 % The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
894 % \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. We |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
895 % switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. By |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
896 % default, we suppress indentation. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
897 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
898 \def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
899 \newdimen\currentparindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
900 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
901 \def\insertword{insert} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
902 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
903 \def\firstparagraphindent{\parsearg\dofirstparagraphindent} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
904 \def\dofirstparagraphindent#1{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
905 \def\temp{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
906 \ifx\temp\noneword |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
907 \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
908 \else\ifx\temp\insertword |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
909 \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
910 \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
911 \errhelp = \EMsimple |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
912 \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
913 \fi\fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
914 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
915 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
916 % Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
917 % \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
918 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
919 % We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
920 % paragraph. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
921 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
922 \gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
923 \gdef\indent{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
924 \global\let\indent=\ptexindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
925 \global\everypar = {}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
926 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
927 \global\everypar = {% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
928 \kern-\parindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
929 \global\let\indent=\ptexindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
930 \global\everypar = {}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
931 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
932 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
933 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
934 |
41418 | 935 % @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. |
936 % | |
937 \def\asis#1{#1} | |
938 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
939 % @math outputs its argument in math mode. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
940 % We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because we need |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
941 % to set catcodes according to plain TeX first, to allow for subscripts, |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
942 % superscripts, special math chars, etc. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
943 % |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
944 \let\implicitmath = $%$ font-lock fix |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
945 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
946 % One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
947 % an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
948 % _ within @math be active (mathcode "8000), and distinguish by seeing |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
949 % if the current family is \slfam, which is what @var uses. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
950 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
951 {\catcode\underChar = \active |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
952 \gdef\mathunderscore{% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
953 \catcode\underChar=\active |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
954 \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
955 }} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
956 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
957 % Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
958 % FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
959 % this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
960 % otherwise define @\. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
961 % |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
962 % The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
963 \def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
964 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
965 \def\math{% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
966 \tex |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
967 \mathcode`\_="8000 \mathunderscore |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
968 \let\\ = \mathbackslash |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
969 \mathactive |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
970 \implicitmath\finishmath} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
971 \def\finishmath#1{#1\implicitmath\Etex} |
41418 | 972 |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
973 % Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
974 % We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
975 % argument to a command which set the catcodes (such as @item or @section). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
976 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
977 { |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
978 \catcode`^ = \active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
979 \catcode`< = \active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
980 \catcode`> = \active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
981 \catcode`+ = \active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
982 \gdef\mathactive{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
983 \let^ = \ptexhat |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
984 \let< = \ptexless |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
985 \let> = \ptexgtr |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
986 \let+ = \ptexplus |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
987 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
988 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
989 |
41418 | 990 % @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. |
991 \def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} | |
992 \def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} | |
993 | |
994 % @refill is a no-op. | |
995 \let\refill=\relax | |
996 | |
997 % If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to | |
998 % be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. | |
999 % This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). | |
1000 % | |
1001 \newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. | |
1002 \let\novalidate = \linksfalse | |
1003 | |
1004 % @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. | |
1005 % So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. | |
1006 % This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. | |
1007 \def\setfilename{% | |
1008 \iflinks | |
1009 \readauxfile | |
1010 \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. | |
1011 \openindices | |
1012 \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. | |
1013 \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. | |
1014 % | |
1015 % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. | |
1016 % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. | |
1017 % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input. | |
1018 \openin 1 texinfo.cnf | |
1019 \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi | |
1020 \closein1 | |
1021 \temp | |
1022 % | |
1023 \comment % Ignore the actual filename. | |
1024 } | |
1025 | |
1026 % Called from \setfilename. | |
1027 % | |
1028 \def\openindices{% | |
1029 \newindex{cp}% | |
1030 \newcodeindex{fn}% | |
1031 \newcodeindex{vr}% | |
1032 \newcodeindex{tp}% | |
1033 \newcodeindex{ky}% | |
1034 \newcodeindex{pg}% | |
1035 } | |
1036 | |
1037 % @bye. | |
1038 \outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} | |
1039 | |
1040 | |
1041 \message{pdf,} | |
1042 % adobe `portable' document format | |
1043 \newcount\tempnum | |
1044 \newcount\lnkcount | |
1045 \newtoks\filename | |
1046 \newcount\filenamelength | |
1047 \newcount\pgn | |
1048 \newtoks\toksA | |
1049 \newtoks\toksB | |
1050 \newtoks\toksC | |
1051 \newtoks\toksD | |
1052 \newbox\boxA | |
1053 \newcount\countA | |
1054 \newif\ifpdf | |
1055 \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest | |
1056 | |
1057 \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined | |
1058 \pdffalse | |
1059 \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble | |
1060 \let\pdfurl = \gobble | |
1061 \let\endlink = \relax | |
1062 \let\linkcolor = \relax | |
1063 \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax | |
1064 \else | |
1065 \pdftrue | |
1066 \pdfoutput = 1 | |
1067 \input pdfcolor | |
1068 \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% | |
1069 \def\imagewidth{#2}% | |
1070 \def\imageheight{#3}% | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1071 % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1072 % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) |
41418 | 1073 \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1074 \immediate\pdfimage |
41418 | 1075 \else |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1076 \immediate\pdfximage |
41418 | 1077 \fi |
1078 \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi | |
1079 \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi | |
1080 \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1081 #1.pdf% |
41418 | 1082 \else |
1083 {#1.pdf}% | |
1084 \fi | |
1085 \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else | |
1086 \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage | |
1087 \fi} | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1088 \def\pdfmkdest#1{{\normalturnoffactive \pdfdest name{#1} xyz}} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1089 \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} |
41418 | 1090 \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? |
1091 \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} | |
1092 % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines | |
1093 % come from Petr Olsak | |
1094 \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% | |
1095 \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} | |
1096 \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax | |
1097 \advance\tempnum by1 | |
1098 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} | |
1099 \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{% | |
1100 \openin 1 \jobname.toc | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1101 \ifeof 1\else\begingroup |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
1102 \closein 1 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
1103 % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks |
41418 | 1104 \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace |
1105 \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace | |
1106 % | |
1107 \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1108 \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1109 \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1110 \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}} |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1111 \let\appendixentry = \chapentry |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1112 \let\unnumbchapentry = \chapentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1113 \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1114 \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1115 \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry |
41418 | 1116 \input \jobname.toc |
1117 \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{% | |
1118 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}} | |
1119 \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{% | |
1120 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}} | |
1121 \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{% | |
1122 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}} | |
1123 \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{% | |
1124 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1125 \let\appendixentry = \chapentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1126 \let\unnumbchapentry = \chapentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1127 \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1128 \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1129 \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1130 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1131 % Make special characters normal for writing to the pdf file. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1132 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1133 \indexnofonts |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1134 \let\tt=\relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1135 \turnoffactive |
41418 | 1136 \input \jobname.toc |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1137 \endgroup\fi |
41418 | 1138 }} |
1139 \def\makelinks #1,{% | |
1140 \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}% | |
1141 \ifx\params\E | |
1142 \let\nextmakelinks=\relax | |
1143 \else | |
1144 \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks | |
1145 \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi | |
1146 \picknum{#1}% | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
1147 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} |
41418 | 1148 goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}% |
1149 \linkcolor #1% | |
1150 \advance\lnkcount by 1% | |
1151 \endlink | |
1152 \fi | |
1153 \nextmakelinks | |
1154 } | |
1155 \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1} | |
1156 \def\pn#1{% | |
1157 \def\p{#1}% | |
1158 \ifx\p\lbrace | |
1159 \let\nextpn=\ppn | |
1160 \else | |
1161 \let\nextpn=\ppnn | |
1162 \def\first{#1} | |
1163 \fi | |
1164 \nextpn | |
1165 } | |
1166 \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble} | |
1167 \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first} | |
1168 \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,} | |
1169 \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} | |
1170 \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% | |
1171 \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax | |
1172 \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces | |
1173 \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% | |
1174 \advance\filenamelength by 1 | |
1175 \fi | |
1176 \fi | |
1177 \nextsp} | |
1178 \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} | |
1179 \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 | |
1180 \let \startlink \pdfannotlink | |
1181 \else | |
1182 \let \startlink \pdfstartlink | |
1183 \fi | |
1184 \def\pdfurl#1{% | |
1185 \begingroup | |
1186 \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}% | |
1187 \let\value=\expandablevalue | |
1188 \leavevmode\Red | |
1189 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% | |
1190 user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% | |
1191 % #1 | |
1192 \endgroup} | |
1193 \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} | |
1194 \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} | |
1195 \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} | |
1196 \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} | |
1197 \def\maketoks{% | |
1198 \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS| | |
1199 \ifx\first0\adn0 | |
1200 \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 | |
1201 \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
1202 \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 |
41418 | 1203 \else |
1204 \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi | |
1205 \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else | |
1206 \let\next=\maketoks | |
1207 \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} | |
1208 \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi | |
1209 \fi | |
1210 \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi | |
1211 \next} | |
1212 \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% | |
1213 {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} | |
1214 \def\pdflink#1{% | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1215 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} |
41418 | 1216 \linkcolor #1\endlink} |
1217 \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} | |
1218 \fi % \ifx\pdfoutput | |
1219 | |
1220 | |
1221 \message{fonts,} | |
1222 % Font-change commands. | |
1223 | |
1224 % Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. | |
1225 % So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc. | |
1226 \newfam\sffam | |
1227 \def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf} | |
1228 \let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. | |
1229 | |
1230 % We don't need math for this one. | |
1231 \def\ttsl{\tenttsl} | |
1232 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1233 % Default leading. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1234 \newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1235 |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1236 % Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1237 % correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1238 % used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1239 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1240 \def\lineskipfactor{.08333} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1241 \def\strutheightpercent{.70833} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1242 \def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1243 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1244 \def\setleading#1{% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1245 \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1246 \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1247 \normalbaselines |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1248 \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1249 \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1250 depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1251 }% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1252 } |
41418 | 1253 |
1254 % Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the | |
1255 % specified font prefix (normally `cm'). | |
1256 % #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor | |
1257 \def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} | |
1258 | |
1259 % Use cm as the default font prefix. | |
1260 % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix | |
1261 % before you read in texinfo.tex. | |
1262 \ifx\fontprefix\undefined | |
1263 \def\fontprefix{cm} | |
1264 \fi | |
1265 % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. | |
1266 \def\rmshape{r} | |
1267 \def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold | |
1268 \def\bfshape{b} | |
1269 \def\bxshape{bx} | |
1270 \def\ttshape{tt} | |
1271 \def\ttbshape{tt} | |
1272 \def\ttslshape{sltt} | |
1273 \def\itshape{ti} | |
1274 \def\itbshape{bxti} | |
1275 \def\slshape{sl} | |
1276 \def\slbshape{bxsl} | |
1277 \def\sfshape{ss} | |
1278 \def\sfbshape{ss} | |
1279 \def\scshape{csc} | |
1280 \def\scbshape{csc} | |
1281 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1282 \newcount\mainmagstep |
41418 | 1283 \ifx\bigger\relax |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1284 % not really supported. |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1285 \mainmagstep=\magstep1 |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1286 \setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1287 \setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000} |
41418 | 1288 \else |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1289 \mainmagstep=\magstephalf |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1290 \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1291 \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} |
41418 | 1292 \fi |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1293 % Instead of cmb10, you may want to use cmbx10. |
41418 | 1294 % cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10 |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1295 % looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1296 % (in Bob's opinion). |
41418 | 1297 \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} |
1298 \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} | |
1299 \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} | |
1300 \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} | |
1301 \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} | |
1302 \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} | |
1303 \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep | |
1304 \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep | |
1305 | |
1306 % A few fonts for @defun, etc. | |
1307 \setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314 | |
1308 \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} | |
1309 \def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf} | |
1310 | |
1311 % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). | |
1312 \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} | |
1313 \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} | |
1314 \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} | |
1315 \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} | |
1316 \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} | |
1317 \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} | |
1318 \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} | |
1319 \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} | |
1320 \font\smalli=cmmi9 | |
1321 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 | |
1322 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1323 % Fonts for small examples (8pt). |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1324 \setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1325 \setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1326 \setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1327 \setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1328 \setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1329 \setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1330 \setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1331 \setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1332 \font\smalleri=cmmi8 |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1333 \font\smallersy=cmsy8 |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1334 |
41418 | 1335 % Fonts for title page: |
1336 \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} | |
1337 \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} | |
1338 \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} | |
1339 \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} | |
1340 \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} | |
1341 \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} | |
1342 \let\titlebf=\titlerm | |
1343 \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} | |
1344 \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 | |
1345 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 | |
1346 \def\authorrm{\secrm} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1347 \def\authortt{\sectt} |
41418 | 1348 |
1349 % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). | |
1350 \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} | |
1351 \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} | |
1352 \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} | |
1353 \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} | |
1354 \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} | |
1355 \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000} | |
1356 \let\chapbf=\chaprm | |
1357 \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} | |
1358 \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 | |
1359 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 | |
1360 | |
1361 % Section fonts (14.4pt). | |
1362 \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} | |
1363 \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} | |
1364 \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} | |
1365 \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} | |
1366 \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} | |
1367 \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} | |
1368 \let\secbf\secrm | |
1369 \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} | |
1370 \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 | |
1371 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 | |
1372 | |
1373 % Subsection fonts (13.15pt). | |
1374 \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} | |
1375 \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} | |
1376 \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} | |
1377 \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} | |
1378 \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315} | |
1379 \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} | |
1380 \let\ssecbf\ssecrm | |
1381 \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1} | |
1382 \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf | |
1383 \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 | |
1384 % The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5, | |
1385 % but that is not a standard magnification. | |
1386 | |
1387 % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, | |
1388 % we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1389 % texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1390 % in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1391 % \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). |
41418 | 1392 % |
1393 \def\resetmathfonts{% | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1394 \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1395 \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1396 \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf |
41418 | 1397 } |
1398 | |
1399 % The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead | |
1400 % of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work | |
1401 % in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most | |
1402 % cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam | |
1403 % \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to | |
1404 % redefine \bf itself. | |
1405 \def\textfonts{% | |
1406 \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl | |
1407 \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc | |
1408 \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1409 \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} |
41418 | 1410 \def\titlefonts{% |
1411 \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl | |
1412 \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc | |
1413 \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy | |
1414 \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl | |
1415 \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} | |
1416 \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} | |
1417 \def\chapfonts{% | |
1418 \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl | |
1419 \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc | |
1420 \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl | |
1421 \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} | |
1422 \def\secfonts{% | |
1423 \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl | |
1424 \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc | |
1425 \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl | |
1426 \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} | |
1427 \def\subsecfonts{% | |
1428 \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl | |
1429 \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc | |
1430 \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl | |
1431 \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} | |
1432 \let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf? | |
1433 \def\smallfonts{% | |
1434 \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl | |
1435 \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc | |
1436 \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy | |
1437 \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1438 \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1439 \def\smallerfonts{% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1440 \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1441 \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1442 \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1443 \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1444 \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1445 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1446 % Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1447 \let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1448 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1449 % About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1450 % can fit this many characters: |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1451 % 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1452 % If we use \smallerfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1453 % 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1454 % For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1455 % the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1456 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1457 % By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1458 % 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1459 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1460 % I wish we used A4 paper on this side of the Atlantic. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1461 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1462 % --karl, 24jan03. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1463 |
41418 | 1464 |
1465 % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. | |
1466 % | |
1467 \textfonts | |
1468 | |
1469 % Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. | |
1470 \def\angleleft{$\langle$} | |
1471 \def\angleright{$\rangle$} | |
1472 | |
1473 % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks | |
1474 \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 | |
1475 | |
1476 % Fonts for short table of contents. | |
1477 \setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} | |
1478 \setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000} | |
1479 \setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1480 \setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000} |
41418 | 1481 |
1482 %% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans | |
1483 %% serif) and @ii for TeX italic | |
1484 | |
1485 % \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction | |
1486 % unless the following character is such as not to need one. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1487 \def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1488 \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1489 \def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1490 \def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} |
41418 | 1491 |
1492 \let\i=\smartitalic | |
1493 \let\var=\smartslanted | |
1494 \let\dfn=\smartslanted | |
1495 \let\emph=\smartitalic | |
1496 \let\cite=\smartslanted | |
1497 | |
1498 \def\b#1{{\bf #1}} | |
1499 \let\strong=\b | |
1500 | |
1501 % We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at | |
1502 % the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the | |
1503 % group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. | |
1504 % | |
1505 \def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} | |
1506 \def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } | |
1507 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1508 % Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1509 % Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1510 % sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1511 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1512 \catcode`@=11 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1513 \def\frenchspacing{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1514 \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1515 \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1516 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1517 \catcode`@=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1518 |
41418 | 1519 \def\t#1{% |
1520 {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}% | |
1521 \null | |
1522 } | |
1523 \let\ttfont=\t | |
1524 \def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} | |
1525 \setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} | |
1526 \font\keysy=cmsy9 | |
1527 \def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% | |
1528 \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% | |
1529 \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt | |
1530 \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% | |
1531 \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% | |
1532 \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} | |
1533 % The old definition, with no lozenge: | |
1534 %\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} | |
1535 \def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} | |
1536 | |
1537 % @file, @option are the same as @samp. | |
1538 \let\file=\samp | |
1539 \let\option=\samp | |
1540 | |
1541 % @code is a modification of @t, | |
1542 % which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. | |
1543 \def\tclose#1{% | |
1544 {% | |
1545 % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. | |
1546 \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font | |
1547 % | |
1548 % Switch to typewriter. | |
1549 \tt | |
1550 % | |
1551 % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. | |
1552 \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% | |
1553 % | |
1554 % Turn off hyphenation. | |
1555 \nohyphenation | |
1556 % | |
1557 \rawbackslash | |
1558 \frenchspacing | |
1559 #1% | |
1560 }% | |
1561 \null | |
1562 } | |
1563 | |
1564 % We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code. | |
1565 % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes | |
1566 % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. | |
1567 | |
1568 % Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control | |
1569 % both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. | |
1570 % We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) | |
1571 % and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. | |
1572 % -- rms. | |
1573 { | |
1574 \catcode`\-=\active | |
1575 \catcode`\_=\active | |
1576 % | |
1577 \global\def\code{\begingroup | |
1578 \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash | |
1579 \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder | |
1580 \codex | |
1581 } | |
1582 % | |
1583 % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index, | |
1584 % just treat them as a normal -. | |
1585 \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash} | |
1586 } | |
1587 | |
1588 \def\realdash{-} | |
1589 \def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1590 \def\codeunder{% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1591 % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1592 % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1593 % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1594 % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1595 \ifusingtt{\ifmmode |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1596 \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1597 \else\normalunderscore \fi |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1598 \discretionary{}{}{}}% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1599 {\_}% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1600 } |
41418 | 1601 \def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} |
1602 | |
1603 % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, | |
1604 % then @kbd has no effect. | |
1605 | |
1606 % @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), | |
1607 % `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), | |
1608 % or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). | |
1609 \def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx} | |
1610 \def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{% | |
1611 \def\arg{#1}% | |
1612 \ifx\arg\worddistinct | |
1613 \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% | |
1614 \else\ifx\arg\wordexample | |
1615 \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% | |
1616 \else\ifx\arg\wordcode | |
1617 \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1618 \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1619 \errhelp = \EMsimple |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1620 \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}% |
41418 | 1621 \fi\fi\fi |
1622 } | |
1623 \def\worddistinct{distinct} | |
1624 \def\wordexample{example} | |
1625 \def\wordcode{code} | |
1626 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1627 % Default is `distinct.' |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1628 \kbdinputstyle distinct |
41418 | 1629 |
1630 \def\xkey{\key} | |
1631 \def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% | |
1632 \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% | |
1633 \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi | |
1634 \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} | |
1635 | |
1636 % For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. | |
1637 \let\url=\code | |
1638 \let\env=\code | |
1639 \let\command=\code | |
1640 | |
1641 % @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) | |
1642 % second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third | |
1643 % arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url | |
1644 % itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in | |
1645 % a hypertex \special here. | |
1646 % | |
1647 \def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} | |
1648 \def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup | |
1649 \unsepspaces | |
1650 \pdfurl{#1}% | |
1651 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% | |
1652 \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt | |
1653 \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that | |
1654 \else | |
1655 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% | |
1656 \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt | |
1657 \ifpdf | |
1658 \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it | |
1659 \else | |
1660 \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url | |
1661 \fi | |
1662 \else | |
1663 \code{#1}% only url given, so show it | |
1664 \fi | |
1665 \fi | |
1666 \endlink | |
1667 \endgroup} | |
1668 | |
1669 % rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. | |
1670 % So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
1671 % |
41418 | 1672 %\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} |
1673 \ifpdf | |
1674 \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} | |
1675 \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup | |
1676 \unsepspaces | |
1677 \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% | |
1678 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% | |
1679 \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi | |
1680 \endlink | |
1681 \endgroup} | |
1682 \else | |
1683 \let\email=\uref | |
1684 \fi | |
1685 | |
1686 % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the | |
1687 % Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and | |
1688 % shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have | |
1689 % this property, we can check that font parameter. | |
1690 % | |
1691 \def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } | |
1692 | |
1693 % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the | |
1694 % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. | |
1695 % | |
1696 \def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} | |
1697 | |
1698 \def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} | |
1699 | |
1700 % @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', | |
1701 % and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for | |
1702 % Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. | |
1703 %\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} | |
1704 | |
1705 % Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. | |
1706 \def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font | |
1707 \def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font | |
1708 \def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font | |
1709 | |
1710 % @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps. | |
1711 \def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}} | |
1712 | |
1713 % @pounds{} is a sterling sign. | |
1714 \def\pounds{{\it\$}} | |
1715 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1716 % @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. For now, only works in text size; |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1717 % we'd have to redo the font mechanism to change the \scriptstyle and |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1718 % \scriptscriptstyle font sizes to make it look right in headings. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1719 % Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1720 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1721 \def\registeredsymbol{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1722 $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm R$}\hfil\crcr\Orb}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1723 }$% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1724 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1725 |
41418 | 1726 |
1727 \message{page headings,} | |
1728 | |
1729 \newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in | |
1730 \newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc | |
1731 | |
1732 % First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. | |
1733 \newif\ifseenauthor | |
1734 \newif\iffinishedtitlepage | |
1735 | |
1736 % Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the | |
1737 % user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. | |
1738 % | |
1739 \newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage | |
1740 \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue | |
1741 \newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage | |
1742 \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue | |
1743 | |
1744 \def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz} | |
1745 \def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% | |
1746 \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} | |
1747 | |
1748 \def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts | |
1749 \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm | |
1750 \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}% | |
1751 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1752 \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
1753 \let\tt=\authortt}% |
41418 | 1754 % |
1755 % Leave some space at the very top of the page. | |
1756 \vglue\titlepagetopglue | |
1757 % | |
1758 % Now you can print the title using @title. | |
1759 \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}% | |
1760 \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1} | |
1761 % print a rule at the page bottom also. | |
1762 \finishedtitlepagefalse | |
1763 \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}% | |
1764 % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. | |
1765 \finishedtitlepagetrue | |
1766 % | |
1767 % Now you can put text using @subtitle. | |
1768 \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}% | |
1769 \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}% | |
1770 % | |
1771 % @author should come last, but may come many times. | |
1772 \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}% | |
1773 \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi | |
1774 {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}% | |
1775 % | |
1776 % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space | |
1777 % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. | |
1778 \let\oldpage = \page | |
1779 \def\page{% | |
1780 \iffinishedtitlepage\else | |
1781 \finishtitlepage | |
1782 \fi | |
1783 \oldpage | |
1784 \let\page = \oldpage | |
1785 \hbox{}}% | |
1786 % \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}} | |
1787 } | |
1788 | |
1789 \def\Etitlepage{% | |
1790 \iffinishedtitlepage\else | |
1791 \finishtitlepage | |
1792 \fi | |
1793 % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, | |
1794 % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. | |
1795 % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page | |
1796 % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. | |
1797 \oldpage | |
1798 \endgroup | |
1799 % | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1800 % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1801 % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1802 \HEADINGSon |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
1803 % |
41418 | 1804 % If they want short, they certainly want long too. |
1805 \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage | |
1806 \shortcontents | |
1807 \contents | |
1808 \global\let\shortcontents = \relax | |
1809 \global\let\contents = \relax | |
1810 \fi | |
1811 % | |
1812 \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage | |
1813 \contents | |
1814 \global\let\contents = \relax | |
1815 \global\let\shortcontents = \relax | |
1816 \fi | |
1817 } | |
1818 | |
1819 \def\finishtitlepage{% | |
1820 \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize | |
1821 \vskip\titlepagebottomglue | |
1822 \finishedtitlepagetrue | |
1823 } | |
1824 | |
1825 %%% Set up page headings and footings. | |
1826 | |
1827 \let\thispage=\folio | |
1828 | |
1829 \newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages | |
1830 \newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages | |
1831 \newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages | |
1832 \newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages | |
1833 | |
1834 % Now make Tex use those variables | |
1835 \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline | |
1836 \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} | |
1837 \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline | |
1838 \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} | |
1839 \let\HEADINGShook=\relax | |
1840 | |
1841 % Commands to set those variables. | |
1842 % For example, this is what @headings on does | |
1843 % @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter | |
1844 % @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle | |
1845 % @evenfooting @thisfile|| | |
1846 % @oddfooting ||@thisfile | |
1847 | |
1848 \def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} | |
1849 \def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} | |
1850 \def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx} | |
1851 | |
1852 \def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} | |
1853 \def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} | |
1854 \def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx} | |
1855 | |
1856 {\catcode`\@=0 % | |
1857 | |
1858 \gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} | |
1859 \gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% | |
1860 \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} | |
1861 | |
1862 \gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} | |
1863 \gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% | |
1864 \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} | |
1865 | |
1866 \gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% | |
1867 | |
1868 \gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} | |
1869 \gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% | |
1870 \global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} | |
1871 | |
1872 \gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} | |
1873 \gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% | |
1874 \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% | |
1875 % | |
1876 % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume | |
1877 % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. | |
1878 \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip | |
1879 \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip | |
1880 } | |
1881 | |
1882 \gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} | |
1883 % | |
1884 }% unbind the catcode of @. | |
1885 | |
1886 % @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. | |
1887 % @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. | |
1888 % @headings off turns them off. | |
1889 % @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. | |
1890 % @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. | |
1891 % @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. | |
1892 % @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. | |
1893 % By default, they are off at the start of a document, | |
1894 % and turned `on' after @end titlepage. | |
1895 | |
1896 \def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} | |
1897 | |
1898 \def\HEADINGSoff{ | |
1899 \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} | |
1900 \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} | |
1901 \HEADINGSoff | |
1902 % When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. | |
1903 % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, | |
1904 % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document | |
1905 % title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top | |
1906 % edge of all pages. | |
1907 \def\HEADINGSdouble{ | |
1908 \global\pageno=1 | |
1909 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} | |
1910 \global\oddfootline={\hfil} | |
1911 \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} | |
1912 \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} | |
1913 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage | |
1914 } | |
1915 \let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager | |
1916 | |
1917 % For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, | |
1918 % page number on top right. | |
1919 \def\HEADINGSsingle{ | |
1920 \global\pageno=1 | |
1921 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} | |
1922 \global\oddfootline={\hfil} | |
1923 \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} | |
1924 \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} | |
1925 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager | |
1926 } | |
1927 \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} | |
1928 | |
1929 \def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} | |
1930 \let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter | |
1931 \def\HEADINGSdoublex{% | |
1932 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} | |
1933 \global\oddfootline={\hfil} | |
1934 \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} | |
1935 \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} | |
1936 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage | |
1937 } | |
1938 | |
1939 \def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} | |
1940 \def\HEADINGSsinglex{% | |
1941 \global\evenfootline={\hfil} | |
1942 \global\oddfootline={\hfil} | |
1943 \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} | |
1944 \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} | |
1945 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager | |
1946 } | |
1947 | |
1948 % Subroutines used in generating headings | |
1949 % This produces Day Month Year style of output. | |
1950 % Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set | |
1951 % up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). | |
1952 \ifx\today\undefined | |
1953 \def\today{% | |
1954 \number\day\space | |
1955 \ifcase\month | |
1956 \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr | |
1957 \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug | |
1958 \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec | |
1959 \fi | |
1960 \space\number\year} | |
1961 \fi | |
1962 | |
1963 % @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. | |
1964 % It generates no output of its own. | |
1965 \def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} | |
1966 \def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz} | |
1967 \def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}} | |
1968 | |
1969 | |
1970 \message{tables,} | |
1971 % Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x). | |
1972 | |
1973 % default indentation of table text | |
1974 \newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in | |
1975 % default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text | |
1976 \newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in | |
1977 % margin between end of table item and start of table text. | |
1978 \newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in | |
1979 | |
1980 % used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin | |
1981 \newdimen\itemmax | |
1982 | |
1983 % Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with | |
1984 % these defs. | |
1985 % They also define \itemindex | |
1986 % to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). | |
1987 | |
1988 \newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip | |
1989 | |
1990 \def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} | |
1991 | |
1992 \def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} | |
1993 \def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} | |
1994 | |
1995 \def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz} | |
1996 \def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz} | |
1997 | |
1998 \def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz} | |
1999 \def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz} | |
2000 | |
2001 \def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}% | |
2002 \itemzzz {#1}} | |
2003 | |
2004 \def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}% | |
2005 \itemzzz {#1}} | |
2006 | |
2007 \def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % | |
2008 \advance\hsize by -\rightskip | |
2009 \advance\hsize by -\tableindent | |
2010 \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}% | |
2011 \itemindex{#1}% | |
2012 \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. | |
2013 % | |
2014 % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line | |
2015 % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that | |
2016 % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next | |
2017 % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the | |
2018 % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. | |
2019 \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax | |
2020 % | |
2021 % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, | |
2022 % but leave it ragged-right. | |
2023 \begingroup | |
2024 \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent | |
2025 \advance\hsize by\tableindent | |
2026 \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil | |
2027 \leavevmode\unhbox0\par | |
2028 \endgroup | |
2029 % | |
2030 % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the | |
2031 % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. | |
2032 \nobreak \vskip-\parskip | |
2033 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2034 % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. (Unfortunately |
41418 | 2035 % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2036 % \baselineskip glue.) However, if what follows is an environment |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2037 % such as @example, there will be no \parskip glue; then |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2038 % the negative vskip we just would cause the example and the item to |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2039 % crash together. So we use this bizarre value of 10001 as a signal |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2040 % to \aboveenvbreak to insert \parskip glue after all. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2041 % (Possibly there are other commands that could be followed by |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2042 % @example which need the same treatment, but not section titles; or |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2043 % maybe section titles are the only special case and they should be |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2044 % penalty 10001...) |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2045 \penalty 10001 |
41418 | 2046 \endgroup |
2047 \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse | |
2048 \else | |
2049 % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the | |
2050 % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. | |
2051 \noindent | |
2052 % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in | |
2053 % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and | |
2054 % eventually be printed. | |
2055 \nobreak\kern-\tableindent | |
2056 \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 | |
2057 \unhbox0 | |
2058 \nobreak\kern\dimen0 | |
2059 \endgroup | |
2060 \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue | |
2061 \fi | |
2062 } | |
2063 | |
2064 \def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}} | |
2065 \def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}} | |
2066 \def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}} | |
2067 \def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}} | |
2068 \def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}} | |
2069 \def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}} | |
2070 | |
2071 % Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work. | |
2072 \def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}} | |
2073 | |
2074 % @table, @ftable, @vtable. | |
2075 \def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex} | |
2076 {\obeylines\obeyspaces% | |
2077 \gdef\tablex #1^^M{% | |
2078 \tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}} | |
2079 | |
2080 \def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex} | |
2081 {\obeylines\obeyspaces% | |
2082 \gdef\ftablex #1^^M{% | |
2083 \tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley | |
2084 \def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% | |
2085 \let\Etable=\relax}} | |
2086 | |
2087 \def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex} | |
2088 {\obeylines\obeyspaces% | |
2089 \gdef\vtablex #1^^M{% | |
2090 \tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley | |
2091 \def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% | |
2092 \let\Etable=\relax}} | |
2093 | |
2094 \def\dontindex #1{} | |
2095 \def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}% | |
2096 \def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}% | |
2097 | |
2098 {\obeyspaces % | |
2099 \gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup% | |
2100 \tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} | |
2101 | |
2102 \def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{% | |
2103 \aboveenvbreak % | |
2104 \begingroup % | |
2105 \def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge. | |
2106 \let\itemindex=#1% | |
2107 \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi % | |
2108 \ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi % | |
2109 \ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi % | |
2110 \def\itemfont{#2}% | |
2111 \itemmax=\tableindent % | |
2112 \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % | |
2113 \advance \leftskip by \tableindent % | |
2114 \exdentamount=\tableindent | |
2115 \parindent = 0pt | |
2116 \parskip = \smallskipamount | |
2117 \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% | |
2118 \def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% | |
2119 \let\item = \internalBitem % | |
2120 \let\itemx = \internalBitemx % | |
2121 \let\kitem = \internalBkitem % | |
2122 \let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx % | |
2123 \let\xitem = \internalBxitem % | |
2124 \let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx % | |
2125 } | |
2126 | |
2127 % This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize | |
2128 | |
2129 \newcount \itemno | |
2130 | |
2131 \def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz} | |
2132 | |
2133 \def\itemizezzz #1{% | |
2134 \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize | |
2135 \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize} | |
2136 } | |
2137 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2138 \def\itemizey#1#2{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2139 \aboveenvbreak |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2140 \itemmax=\itemindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2141 \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2142 \advance\leftskip by \itemindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2143 \exdentamount=\itemindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2144 \parindent=0pt |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2145 \parskip=\smallskipamount |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2146 \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2147 \def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2148 \def\itemcontents{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2149 % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2150 \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2151 \let\item=\itemizeitem |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2152 } |
41418 | 2153 |
2154 % \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in | |
2155 % TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. | |
2156 % | |
2157 \def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% | |
2158 | |
2159 % Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, | |
2160 % or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No | |
2161 % argument is the same as `1'. | |
2162 % | |
2163 \def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz} | |
2164 \def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} | |
2165 \def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% | |
2166 \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate | |
2167 % | |
2168 % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. | |
2169 \def\thearg{#1}% | |
2170 \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi | |
2171 % | |
2172 % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a | |
2173 % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. | |
2174 % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. | |
2175 % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at | |
2176 % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) | |
2177 \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark | |
2178 \ifx\rest\empty | |
2179 % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. | |
2180 % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. | |
2181 % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and | |
2182 % not equal to itself. | |
2183 % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. | |
2184 % | |
2185 % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from | |
2186 % continuing to look for a <number>. | |
2187 % | |
2188 \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax | |
2189 \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) | |
2190 \else | |
2191 % It's a letter. | |
2192 \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax | |
2193 \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter | |
2194 \else | |
2195 \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter | |
2196 \fi | |
2197 \fi | |
2198 \else | |
2199 % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. | |
2200 \numericenumerate | |
2201 \fi | |
2202 } | |
2203 | |
2204 % An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is | |
2205 % given in \thearg. | |
2206 % | |
2207 \def\numericenumerate{% | |
2208 \itemno = \thearg | |
2209 \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% | |
2210 } | |
2211 | |
2212 % The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. | |
2213 \def\lowercaseenumerate{% | |
2214 \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg | |
2215 \startenumeration{% | |
2216 % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. | |
2217 \ifnum\itemno=0 | |
2218 \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger | |
2219 alphabet}% | |
2220 \fi | |
2221 \char\lccode\itemno | |
2222 }% | |
2223 } | |
2224 | |
2225 % The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. | |
2226 \def\uppercaseenumerate{% | |
2227 \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg | |
2228 \startenumeration{% | |
2229 % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. | |
2230 \ifnum\itemno=0 | |
2231 \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger | |
2232 alphabet} | |
2233 \fi | |
2234 \char\uccode\itemno | |
2235 }% | |
2236 } | |
2237 | |
2238 % Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the | |
2239 % common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in | |
2240 % \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. | |
2241 % | |
2242 \def\startenumeration#1{% | |
2243 \advance\itemno by -1 | |
2244 \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr | |
2245 } | |
2246 | |
2247 % @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg | |
2248 % to @enumerate. | |
2249 % | |
2250 \def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} | |
2251 \def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} | |
2252 \def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} | |
2253 \def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} | |
2254 | |
2255 % Definition of @item while inside @itemize. | |
2256 | |
2257 \def\itemizeitem{% | |
2258 \advance\itemno by 1 | |
2259 {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% | |
2260 \ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi | |
2261 {\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt | |
2262 \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}% | |
2263 \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% | |
2264 \flushcr} | |
2265 | |
2266 % @multitable macros | |
2267 % Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 | |
2268 % | |
2269 % @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. | |
2270 % Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width | |
2271 % can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, | |
2272 % or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. | |
2273 | |
2274 % Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. | |
2275 | |
2276 % To make preamble: | |
2277 % | |
2278 % Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: | |
2279 % @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 | |
2280 % @item ... | |
2281 % | |
2282 % Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total | |
2283 % current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many | |
2284 % columns as desired. | |
2285 | |
2286 | |
2287 % Or use a template: | |
2288 % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} | |
2289 % @item ... | |
2290 % using the widest term desired in each column. | |
2291 % | |
2292 % For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in | |
2293 % the preamble, break the line within one argument and it | |
2294 % will parse correctly, i.e., | |
2295 % | |
2296 % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 | |
2297 % template} | |
2298 % Not: | |
2299 % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} | |
2300 % {Column 3 template} | |
2301 | |
2302 % Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column | |
2303 % starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's | |
2304 % with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, | |
2305 % ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. | |
2306 | |
2307 % @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their | |
2308 % own lines, but it will not hurt if they are. | |
2309 | |
2310 % Sample multitable: | |
2311 | |
2312 % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} | |
2313 % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col | |
2314 % @item | |
2315 % first col stuff | |
2316 % @tab | |
2317 % second col stuff | |
2318 % @tab | |
2319 % third col | |
2320 % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff | |
2321 % @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. | |
2322 % | |
2323 % They will wrap at the width determined by the template. | |
2324 % @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. | |
2325 % @end multitable | |
2326 | |
2327 % Default dimensions may be reset by user. | |
2328 % @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. | |
2329 % @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. | |
2330 % @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. | |
2331 % @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline | |
2332 % to baseline. | |
2333 % 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. | |
2334 % | |
2335 \newskip\multitableparskip | |
2336 \newskip\multitableparindent | |
2337 \newdimen\multitablecolspace | |
2338 \newskip\multitablelinespace | |
2339 \multitableparskip=0pt | |
2340 \multitableparindent=6pt | |
2341 \multitablecolspace=12pt | |
2342 \multitablelinespace=0pt | |
2343 | |
2344 % Macros used to set up halign preamble: | |
2345 % | |
2346 \let\endsetuptable\relax | |
2347 \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} | |
2348 \let\columnfractions\relax | |
2349 \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} | |
2350 \newif\ifsetpercent | |
2351 | |
2352 % #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which | |
2353 % is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we | |
2354 % just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the | |
2355 % percent of \hsize for this column. | |
2356 \def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {% | |
2357 \global\advance\colcount by 1 | |
2358 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}% | |
2359 \setuptable | |
2360 } | |
2361 | |
2362 \newcount\colcount | |
2363 \def\setuptable#1{% | |
2364 \def\firstarg{#1}% | |
2365 \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable | |
2366 \let\go = \relax | |
2367 \else | |
2368 \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions | |
2369 \global\setpercenttrue | |
2370 \else | |
2371 \ifsetpercent | |
2372 \let\go\pickupwholefraction | |
2373 \else | |
2374 \global\advance\colcount by 1 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2375 \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2376 % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. |
41418 | 2377 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% |
2378 \fi | |
2379 \fi | |
2380 \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction | |
2381 % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so | |
2382 % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. | |
2383 \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% | |
2384 \else | |
2385 \let\go = \setuptable | |
2386 \fi% | |
2387 \fi | |
2388 \go | |
2389 } | |
2390 | |
2391 % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: | |
2392 % | |
2393 \def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable} | |
2394 \def\dotable#1{\bgroup | |
2395 \vskip\parskip | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2396 \let\item=\crcrwithfootnotes |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2397 % A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2398 % line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2399 % we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. --karl, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2400 % nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2401 \let\tab=&% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2402 \let\startfootins=\startsavedfootnote |
41418 | 2403 \tolerance=9500 |
2404 \hbadness=9500 | |
2405 \setmultitablespacing | |
2406 \parskip=\multitableparskip | |
2407 \parindent=\multitableparindent | |
2408 \overfullrule=0pt | |
2409 \global\colcount=0 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2410 \def\Emultitable{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2411 \global\setpercentfalse |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2412 \crcrwithfootnotes\crcr |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2413 \egroup\egroup |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2414 }% |
41418 | 2415 % |
2416 % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: | |
2417 \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable | |
2418 % | |
2419 % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of | |
2420 % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. | |
2421 % The table preamble | |
2422 % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width. | |
2423 \everycr{\noalign{% | |
2424 % | |
2425 % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. | |
2426 % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table | |
2427 % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem | |
2428 % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. | |
2429 \global\colcount=0\relax}}% | |
2430 % | |
2431 % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will | |
2432 % be used as many times as user calls for columns. | |
2433 % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and | |
2434 % continue for many paragraphs if desired. | |
2435 \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax | |
2436 \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname | |
2437 % | |
2438 % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other | |
2439 % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after | |
2440 % the first one. | |
2441 % | |
2442 % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace | |
2443 % to the width of each template entry. | |
2444 % | |
2445 % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will | |
2446 % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip | |
2447 % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at | |
2448 % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. | |
2449 % | |
2450 % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. | |
2451 \rightskip=0pt | |
2452 \ifnum\colcount=1 | |
2453 % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. | |
2454 \advance\hsize by\leftskip | |
2455 \else | |
2456 \ifsetpercent \else | |
2457 % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize | |
2458 % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. | |
2459 \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace | |
2460 \fi | |
2461 % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: | |
2462 \leftskip=\multitablecolspace | |
2463 \fi | |
2464 % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious | |
2465 % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the | |
2466 % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. | |
2467 % For example: | |
2468 % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 | |
2469 % @item @code{#} | |
2470 % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. | |
2471 % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking | |
2472 % characters. | |
2473 \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr | |
2474 } | |
2475 | |
2476 \def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. | |
2477 % If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on | |
2478 % current baselineskip. | |
2479 \ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt | |
2480 \setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip | |
2481 \global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 | |
2482 %% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, | |
2483 %% to keep lines equally spaced | |
2484 \let\multistrut = \strut | |
2485 \else | |
2486 %% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be? | |
2487 \gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 | |
2488 width0pt\relax} \fi | |
2489 %% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of | |
2490 %% table. If not, do nothing. | |
2491 %% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. | |
2492 \ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace | |
2493 \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace | |
2494 \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller | |
2495 %% than skip between lines in the table. | |
2496 \fi% | |
2497 \ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt | |
2498 \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace | |
2499 \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller | |
2500 %% than skip between lines in the table. | |
2501 \fi} | |
2502 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2503 % In case a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2504 % text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2505 % finished. Otherwise, the insertion is lost, it never migrates to the |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2506 % main vertical list. --kasal, 22jan03. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2507 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2508 \newbox\savedfootnotes |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2509 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2510 % \dotable \let's \startfootins to this, so that \dofootnote will call |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2511 % it instead of starting the insertion right away. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2512 \def\startsavedfootnote{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2513 \global\setbox\savedfootnotes = \vbox\bgroup |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2514 \unvbox\savedfootnotes |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2515 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2516 \def\crcrwithfootnotes{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2517 \crcr |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2518 \ifvoid\savedfootnotes \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2519 \noalign{\insert\footins{\box\savedfootnotes}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2520 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2521 } |
41418 | 2522 |
2523 \message{conditionals,} | |
2524 % Prevent errors for section commands. | |
2525 % Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. | |
2526 \def\ignoresections{% | |
2527 \let\chapter=\relax | |
2528 \let\unnumbered=\relax | |
2529 \let\top=\relax | |
2530 \let\unnumberedsec=\relax | |
2531 \let\unnumberedsection=\relax | |
2532 \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax | |
2533 \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax | |
2534 \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax | |
2535 \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax | |
2536 \let\section=\relax | |
2537 \let\subsec=\relax | |
2538 \let\subsubsec=\relax | |
2539 \let\subsection=\relax | |
2540 \let\subsubsection=\relax | |
2541 \let\appendix=\relax | |
2542 \let\appendixsec=\relax | |
2543 \let\appendixsection=\relax | |
2544 \let\appendixsubsec=\relax | |
2545 \let\appendixsubsection=\relax | |
2546 \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax | |
2547 \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax | |
2548 \let\contents=\relax | |
2549 \let\smallbook=\relax | |
2550 \let\titlepage=\relax | |
2551 } | |
2552 | |
2553 % Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source | |
2554 % and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used | |
2555 % incorrectly. | |
2556 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2557 % We use \empty instead of \relax for the @def... commands, so that \end |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2558 % doesn't throw an error. For instance: |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2559 % @ignore |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2560 % @deffn ... |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2561 % @end deffn |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2562 % @end ignore |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2563 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2564 % The @end deffn is going to get expanded, because we're trying to allow |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2565 % nested conditionals. But we don't want to expand the actual @deffn, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2566 % since it might be syntactically correct and intended to be ignored. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2567 % Since \end checks for \relax, using \empty does not cause an error. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2568 % |
41418 | 2569 \def\ignoremorecommands{% |
2570 \let\defcodeindex = \relax | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2571 \let\defcv = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2572 \let\defcvx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2573 \let\Edefcv = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2574 \let\deffn = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2575 \let\deffnx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2576 \let\Edeffn = \empty |
41418 | 2577 \let\defindex = \relax |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2578 \let\defivar = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2579 \let\defivarx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2580 \let\Edefivar = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2581 \let\defmac = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2582 \let\defmacx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2583 \let\Edefmac = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2584 \let\defmethod = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2585 \let\defmethodx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2586 \let\Edefmethod = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2587 \let\defop = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2588 \let\defopx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2589 \let\Edefop = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2590 \let\defopt = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2591 \let\defoptx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2592 \let\Edefopt = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2593 \let\defspec = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2594 \let\defspecx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2595 \let\Edefspec = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2596 \let\deftp = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2597 \let\deftpx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2598 \let\Edeftp = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2599 \let\deftypefn = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2600 \let\deftypefnx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2601 \let\Edeftypefn = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2602 \let\deftypefun = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2603 \let\deftypefunx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2604 \let\Edeftypefun = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2605 \let\deftypeivar = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2606 \let\deftypeivarx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2607 \let\Edeftypeivar = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2608 \let\deftypemethod = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2609 \let\deftypemethodx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2610 \let\Edeftypemethod = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2611 \let\deftypeop = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2612 \let\deftypeopx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2613 \let\Edeftypeop = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2614 \let\deftypevar = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2615 \let\deftypevarx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2616 \let\Edeftypevar = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2617 \let\deftypevr = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2618 \let\deftypevrx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2619 \let\Edeftypevr = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2620 \let\defun = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2621 \let\defunx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2622 \let\Edefun = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2623 \let\defvar = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2624 \let\defvarx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2625 \let\Edefvar = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2626 \let\defvr = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2627 \let\defvrx = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2628 \let\Edefvr = \empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2629 \let\clear = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2630 \let\down = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2631 \let\evenfooting = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2632 \let\evenheading = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2633 \let\everyfooting = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2634 \let\everyheading = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2635 \let\headings = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2636 \let\include = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2637 \let\item = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2638 \let\lowersections = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2639 \let\oddfooting = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2640 \let\oddheading = \relax |
41418 | 2641 \let\printindex = \relax |
2642 \let\pxref = \relax | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2643 \let\raisesections = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2644 \let\ref = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2645 \let\set = \relax |
41418 | 2646 \let\setchapternewpage = \relax |
2647 \let\setchapterstyle = \relax | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2648 \let\settitle = \relax |
41418 | 2649 \let\up = \relax |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2650 \let\verbatiminclude = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2651 \let\xref = \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2652 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2653 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2654 % Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2655 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2656 \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2657 \def\documentdescriptionword{documentdescription} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2658 \def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2659 \def\html{\doignore{html}} |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2660 \def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} |
41418 | 2661 \def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2662 \def\ifnottex{\nestedignore{ifnottex}} |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2663 \def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2664 \def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2665 \def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} |
41418 | 2666 \def\menu{\doignore{menu}} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2667 \def\xml{\doignore{xml}} |
41418 | 2668 |
2669 % @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file | |
2670 % which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. | |
2671 \let\dircategory = \comment | |
2672 | |
2673 % Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. | |
2674 % | |
2675 \def\doignore#1{\begingroup | |
2676 % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. | |
2677 \ignoresections | |
2678 % | |
2679 % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. | |
2680 % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in | |
2681 % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match. | |
2682 \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}% | |
2683 % | |
2684 % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2685 \catcode\spaceChar = 10 |
41418 | 2686 % |
2687 % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble. | |
2688 \catcode`\{ = 9 | |
2689 \catcode`\} = 9 | |
2690 % | |
2691 % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence. | |
2692 \catcode`\@ = 12 | |
2693 % | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2694 \def\ignoreword{#1}% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2695 \ifx\ignoreword\documentdescriptionword |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2696 % The c kludge breaks documentdescription, since |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2697 % `documentdescription' contains a `c'. Means not everything will |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2698 % be ignored inside @documentdescription, but oh well... |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2699 \else |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2700 % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2701 % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example) |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2702 % @c @end ifinfo |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2703 % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2704 % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.) |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2705 \catcode`\c = 14 |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2706 \fi |
41418 | 2707 % |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2708 % And now expand the command defined above. |
41418 | 2709 \doignoretext |
2710 } | |
2711 | |
2712 % What we do to finish off ignored text. | |
2713 % | |
2714 \def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% | |
2715 | |
2716 \newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse | |
2717 \def\obstexwarn{% | |
2718 \ifwarnedobs\relax\else | |
2719 % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. | |
2720 % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. | |
2721 \immediate\write16{} | |
2722 \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} | |
2723 \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} | |
2724 \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} | |
2725 \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} | |
2726 \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2727 \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/non-gnu/TeX.README.)} |
41418 | 2728 \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} |
2729 \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} | |
2730 \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} | |
2731 \immediate\write16{} | |
2732 \global\warnedobstrue | |
2733 \fi | |
2734 } | |
2735 | |
2736 % **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a | |
2737 % workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), | |
2738 % uncomment the following line: | |
2739 %%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax | |
2740 | |
2741 % Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for | |
2742 % purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. | |
2743 % | |
2744 \def\nestedignore#1{% | |
2745 \obstexwarn | |
2746 % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end | |
2747 % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the | |
2748 % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2749 % the chance of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2750 % page 401 of the TeXbook. |
41418 | 2751 % |
2752 \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup | |
2753 % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. | |
2754 \ignoresections | |
2755 % | |
2756 % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the | |
2757 % @end command again. | |
2758 \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% | |
2759 % | |
2760 % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no | |
2761 % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do | |
2762 % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we | |
2763 % undefine them. | |
2764 % | |
2765 % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; | |
2766 % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. | |
2767 \ignoremorecommands | |
2768 % | |
2769 % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define | |
2770 % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2771 % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because some sites |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2772 % might not have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still |
41418 | 2773 % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of |
2774 % stuff compared to the main input. | |
2775 % | |
2776 \nullfont | |
2777 \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont | |
2778 \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont | |
2779 \let\tensf=\nullfont | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2780 % Similarly for index fonts. |
41418 | 2781 \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont |
2782 \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont | |
2783 \let\smallsf=\nullfont | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2784 % Similarly for smallexample fonts. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2785 \let\smallerrm=\nullfont \let\smallerit=\nullfont \let\smallersl=\nullfont |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2786 \let\smallerbf=\nullfont \let\smallertt=\nullfont \let\smallersc=\nullfont |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2787 \let\smallersf=\nullfont |
41418 | 2788 % |
2789 % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. | |
2790 \tracinglostchars = 0 | |
2791 % | |
2792 % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. | |
2793 \frenchspacing | |
2794 % | |
2795 % Don't report underfull hboxes. | |
2796 \hbadness = 10000 | |
2797 % | |
2798 % Do minimal line-breaking. | |
2799 \pretolerance = 10000 | |
2800 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2801 % Do not execute instructions in @tex. |
41418 | 2802 \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}% |
2803 % Do not execute macro definitions. | |
2804 % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off. | |
2805 \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}% | |
2806 } | |
2807 | |
2808 % @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. | |
2809 % @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. | |
2810 % | |
2811 % Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be | |
2812 % empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our | |
2813 % own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we | |
2814 % didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid | |
2815 % losing inside @example, for instance. | |
2816 % | |
2817 \def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 | |
2818 \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. | |
2819 \parsearg\setxxx} | |
2820 \def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} | |
2821 \def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% | |
2822 \def\temp{#2}% | |
2823 \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty | |
2824 \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. | |
2825 \fi | |
2826 \endgroup | |
2827 } | |
2828 % Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or | |
2829 % \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into | |
2830 % an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. | |
2831 \def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} | |
2832 | |
2833 % @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. | |
2834 % | |
2835 \def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} | |
2836 \def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} | |
2837 | |
2838 % @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. | |
2839 { | |
2840 \catcode`\_ = \active | |
2841 % | |
2842 % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if | |
2843 % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any | |
2844 % such active characters to their normal equivalents. | |
2845 \gdef\value{\begingroup | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2846 \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other |
41418 | 2847 \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore |
2848 \valuexxx} | |
2849 } | |
2850 \def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} | |
2851 | |
2852 % We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's | |
2853 % properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones | |
2854 % whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2855 % about that. The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2856 % is set), since the result winds up in the index file. This means that |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2857 % if the variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2858 % certain it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2859 % sufficient work to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2860 % complete). |
41418 | 2861 % |
2862 \def\expandablevalue#1{% | |
2863 \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax | |
2864 {[No value for ``#1'']}% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2865 \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% |
41418 | 2866 \else |
2867 \csname SET#1\endcsname | |
2868 \fi | |
2869 } | |
2870 | |
2871 % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined | |
2872 % with @set. | |
2873 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2874 \def\ifset{\parsearg\doifset} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2875 \def\doifset#1{% |
41418 | 2876 \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2877 \let\next=\ifsetfail |
41418 | 2878 \else |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2879 \let\next=\ifsetsucceed |
41418 | 2880 \fi |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2881 \next |
41418 | 2882 } |
2883 \def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} | |
2884 \def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} | |
2885 \defineunmatchedend{ifset} | |
2886 | |
2887 % @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been | |
2888 % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. | |
2889 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2890 \def\ifclear{\parsearg\doifclear} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2891 \def\doifclear#1{% |
41418 | 2892 \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2893 \let\next=\ifclearsucceed |
41418 | 2894 \else |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2895 \let\next=\ifclearfail |
41418 | 2896 \fi |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2897 \next |
41418 | 2898 } |
2899 \def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} | |
2900 \def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} | |
2901 \defineunmatchedend{ifclear} | |
2902 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2903 % @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext always succeed; we |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2904 % read the text following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2905 % `@end iftex' (etc.) valid only after an @iftex. |
41418 | 2906 % |
2907 \def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} | |
2908 \def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}} | |
2909 \def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}} | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2910 \def\ifnotplaintext{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotplaintext}} |
41418 | 2911 \defineunmatchedend{iftex} |
2912 \defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml} | |
2913 \defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo} | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2914 \defineunmatchedend{ifnotplaintext} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
2915 |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2916 % True conditional. Since \set globally defines its variables, we can |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2917 % just start and end a group (to keep the @end definition undefined at |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2918 % the outer level). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2919 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2920 \def\conditionalsucceed#1{\begingroup |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2921 \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\endgroup}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
2922 } |
41418 | 2923 |
2924 % @defininfoenclose. | |
2925 \let\definfoenclose=\comment | |
2926 | |
2927 | |
2928 \message{indexing,} | |
2929 % Index generation facilities | |
2930 | |
2931 % Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite | |
2932 % except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex. | |
2933 {\catcode`\@=11 | |
2934 \gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}} | |
2935 | |
2936 % \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. | |
2937 % It automatically defines \fooindex such that | |
2938 % \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. | |
2939 % It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for | |
2940 % the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. | |
2941 % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long | |
2942 % for the sake of vms. | |
2943 % | |
2944 \def\newindex#1{% | |
2945 \iflinks | |
2946 \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname | |
2947 \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file | |
2948 \fi | |
2949 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index | |
2950 \noexpand\doindex{#1}} | |
2951 } | |
2952 | |
2953 % @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} | |
2954 % | |
2955 \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} | |
2956 | |
2957 % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. | |
2958 % | |
2959 \def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} | |
2960 % | |
2961 \def\newcodeindex#1{% | |
2962 \iflinks | |
2963 \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname | |
2964 \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 | |
2965 \fi | |
2966 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% | |
2967 \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% | |
2968 } | |
2969 | |
2970 | |
2971 % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. | |
2972 % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
2973 % |
41418 | 2974 % @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo |
2975 % inside @code. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
2976 % |
41418 | 2977 \def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} |
2978 \def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} | |
2979 | |
2980 % #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), | |
2981 % #3 the target index (bar). | |
2982 \def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% | |
2983 % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up | |
2984 % closing the target index. | |
2985 \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined | |
2986 % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the | |
2987 % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. | |
2988 \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname | |
2989 \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 | |
2990 \fi | |
2991 % redefine \fooindfile: | |
2992 \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname | |
2993 \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp | |
2994 % redefine \fooindex: | |
2995 \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% | |
2996 } | |
2997 | |
2998 % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. | |
2999 % Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, | |
3000 % and it is "foo", the name of the index. | |
3001 | |
3002 % \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. | |
3003 % This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. | |
3004 | |
3005 % There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} | |
3006 % which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. | |
3007 | |
3008 \def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} | |
3009 \def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} | |
3010 | |
3011 % like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. | |
3012 \def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} | |
3013 \def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} | |
3014 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3015 % Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3016 % Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3017 % we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
3018 % |
41418 | 3019 \def\indexdummies{% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3020 \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3021 \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3022 % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3023 % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3024 % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3025 \let\{ = \mylbrace |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3026 \let\} = \myrbrace |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3027 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3028 % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3029 % effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3030 % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3031 % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3032 % from whatever follows. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3033 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3034 % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3035 % space. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3036 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3037 % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3038 % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3039 % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3040 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3041 \def\definedummyword##1{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3042 \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3043 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3044 \def\definedummyletter##1{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3045 \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3046 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3047 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3048 % Do the redefinitions. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3049 \commondummies |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3050 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3051 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3052 % For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3053 % everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3054 % @, this will be simpler. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3055 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3056 \def\atdummies{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3057 \def\@{@@}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3058 \def\ {@ }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3059 \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3060 \let\} = \rbraceatcmd |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3061 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3062 % (See comments in \indexdummies.) |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3063 \def\definedummyword##1{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3064 \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3065 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3066 \def\definedummyletter##1{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3067 \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3068 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3069 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3070 % Do the redefinitions. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3071 \commondummies |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3072 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3073 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3074 % Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3075 % \definedummyletter must be defined first. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3076 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3077 \def\commondummies{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3078 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3079 \normalturnoffactive |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3080 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3081 % Control letters and accents. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3082 \definedummyletter{_}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3083 \definedummyletter{,}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3084 \definedummyletter{"}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3085 \definedummyletter{`}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3086 \definedummyletter{'}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3087 \definedummyletter{^}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3088 \definedummyletter{~}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3089 \definedummyletter{=}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3090 \definedummyword{u}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3091 \definedummyword{v}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3092 \definedummyword{H}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3093 \definedummyword{dotaccent}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3094 \definedummyword{ringaccent}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3095 \definedummyword{tieaccent}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3096 \definedummyword{ubaraccent}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3097 \definedummyword{udotaccent}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3098 \definedummyword{dotless}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3099 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3100 % Other non-English letters. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3101 \definedummyword{AA}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3102 \definedummyword{AE}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3103 \definedummyword{L}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3104 \definedummyword{OE}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3105 \definedummyword{O}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3106 \definedummyword{aa}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3107 \definedummyword{ae}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3108 \definedummyword{l}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3109 \definedummyword{oe}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3110 \definedummyword{o}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3111 \definedummyword{ss}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3112 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3113 % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3114 \definedummyword{bf}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3115 \definedummyword{gtr}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3116 \definedummyword{hat}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3117 \definedummyword{less}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3118 \definedummyword{sf}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3119 \definedummyword{sl}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3120 \definedummyword{tclose}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3121 \definedummyword{tt}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3122 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3123 % Texinfo font commands. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3124 \definedummyword{b}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3125 \definedummyword{i}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3126 \definedummyword{r}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3127 \definedummyword{sc}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3128 \definedummyword{t}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3129 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3130 \definedummyword{TeX}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3131 \definedummyword{acronym}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3132 \definedummyword{cite}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3133 \definedummyword{code}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3134 \definedummyword{command}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3135 \definedummyword{dfn}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3136 \definedummyword{dots}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3137 \definedummyword{emph}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3138 \definedummyword{env}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3139 \definedummyword{file}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3140 \definedummyword{kbd}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3141 \definedummyword{key}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3142 \definedummyword{math}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3143 \definedummyword{option}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3144 \definedummyword{samp}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3145 \definedummyword{strong}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3146 \definedummyword{uref}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3147 \definedummyword{url}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3148 \definedummyword{var}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3149 \definedummyword{w}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3150 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3151 % Assorted special characters. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3152 \definedummyword{bullet}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3153 \definedummyword{copyright}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3154 \definedummyword{dots}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3155 \definedummyword{enddots}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3156 \definedummyword{equiv}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3157 \definedummyword{error}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3158 \definedummyword{expansion}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3159 \definedummyword{minus}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3160 \definedummyword{pounds}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3161 \definedummyword{point}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3162 \definedummyword{print}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3163 \definedummyword{result}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3164 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3165 % Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3166 % contain - or _, and the value does not contain any |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3167 % (non-fully-expandable) commands. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3168 \let\value = \expandablevalue |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3169 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3170 % Normal spaces, not active ones. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3171 \unsepspaces |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3172 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3173 % No macro expansion. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3174 \turnoffmacros |
41418 | 3175 } |
3176 | |
3177 % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces | |
3178 % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
3179 % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). |
41418 | 3180 {\obeyspaces |
3181 \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}} | |
3182 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3183 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3184 % \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3185 % by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3186 % control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3187 % would be for a given command (usually its argument). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3188 % |
41418 | 3189 \def\indexdummytex{TeX} |
3190 \def\indexdummydots{...} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3191 % |
41418 | 3192 \def\indexnofonts{% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3193 \def\ { }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3194 \def\@{@}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3195 % how to handle braces? |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3196 \def\_{\normalunderscore}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3197 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3198 \let\,=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3199 \let\"=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3200 \let\`=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3201 \let\'=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3202 \let\^=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3203 \let\~=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3204 \let\==\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3205 \let\u=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3206 \let\v=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3207 \let\H=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3208 \let\dotaccent=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3209 \let\ringaccent=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3210 \let\tieaccent=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3211 \let\ubaraccent=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3212 \let\udotaccent=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3213 \let\dotless=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3214 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3215 % Other non-English letters. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3216 \def\AA{AA}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3217 \def\AE{AE}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3218 \def\L{L}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3219 \def\OE{OE}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3220 \def\O{O}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3221 \def\aa{aa}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3222 \def\ae{ae}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3223 \def\l{l}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3224 \def\oe{oe}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3225 \def\o{o}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3226 \def\ss{ss}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3227 \def\exclamdown{!}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3228 \def\questiondown{?}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3229 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3230 % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3231 % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3232 % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3233 %\let\tt=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3234 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3235 % Texinfo font commands. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3236 \let\b=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3237 \let\i=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3238 \let\r=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3239 \let\sc=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3240 \let\t=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3241 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3242 \let\TeX=\indexdummytex |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3243 \let\acronym=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3244 \let\cite=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3245 \let\code=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3246 \let\command=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3247 \let\dfn=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3248 \let\dots=\indexdummydots |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3249 \let\emph=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3250 \let\env=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3251 \let\file=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3252 \let\kbd=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3253 \let\key=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3254 \let\math=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3255 \let\option=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3256 \let\samp=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3257 \let\strong=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3258 \let\uref=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3259 \let\url=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3260 \let\var=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3261 \let\w=\asis |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3262 } |
41418 | 3263 |
3264 \let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. | |
3265 \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? | |
3266 | |
3267 % For \ifx comparisons. | |
3268 \def\emptymacro{\empty} | |
3269 | |
3270 % Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. | |
3271 % | |
3272 \def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty} | |
3273 | |
3274 % Workhorse for all \fooindexes. | |
3275 % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- | |
3276 % \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception | |
3277 % is with defuns, which call us directly. | |
3278 % | |
3279 \def\dosubind#1#2#3{% | |
3280 % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. | |
3281 \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else | |
3282 \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}% | |
3283 \fi | |
3284 {% | |
3285 \count255=\lastpenalty | |
3286 {% | |
3287 \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage | |
3288 \escapechar=`\\ | |
3289 {% | |
3290 \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio. | |
3291 \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now | |
3292 % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. | |
3293 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3294 % The main index entry text. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3295 \toks0 = {#2}% |
41418 | 3296 % |
3297 % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3298 \def\thirdarg{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3299 \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3300 % If the third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3301 % line to write. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3302 \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% |
41418 | 3303 \fi |
3304 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3305 % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3306 % get the string to sort by. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3307 {\indexnofonts |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3308 \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3309 \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3310 }% |
41418 | 3311 % |
3312 % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and | |
3313 % the original text, including any font commands. We write | |
3314 % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the | |
3315 % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s | |
3316 % sorted result. | |
3317 \edef\temp{% | |
3318 \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{% | |
3319 \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}% | |
3320 }% | |
3321 % | |
3322 % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it | |
3323 % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting | |
3324 % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the | |
3325 % \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences | |
3326 % like this: | |
3327 % @end defun | |
3328 % @tindex whatever | |
3329 % @defun ... | |
3330 % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the | |
3331 % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of | |
3332 % the previous defun. | |
3333 % | |
3334 % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We | |
3335 % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. | |
3336 % | |
3337 % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. | |
3338 % | |
3339 \iflinks | |
3340 \ifvmode | |
3341 \skip0 = \lastskip | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3342 \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\skip0 \fi |
41418 | 3343 \fi |
3344 % | |
3345 \temp % do the write | |
3346 % | |
3347 \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi | |
3348 \fi | |
3349 }% | |
3350 }% | |
3351 \penalty\count255 | |
3352 }% | |
3353 } | |
3354 | |
3355 % The index entry written in the file actually looks like | |
3356 % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} | |
3357 % or | |
3358 % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} | |
3359 % The texindex program reads in these files and writes files | |
3360 % containing these kinds of lines: | |
3361 % \initial {c} | |
3362 % before the first topic whose initial is c | |
3363 % \entry {topic}{pagelist} | |
3364 % for a topic that is used without subtopics | |
3365 % \primary {topic} | |
3366 % for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics | |
3367 % \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} | |
3368 % for each subtopic. | |
3369 | |
3370 % Define the user-accessible indexing commands | |
3371 % @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. | |
3372 | |
3373 \def\findex {\fnindex} | |
3374 \def\kindex {\kyindex} | |
3375 \def\cindex {\cpindex} | |
3376 \def\vindex {\vrindex} | |
3377 \def\tindex {\tpindex} | |
3378 \def\pindex {\pgindex} | |
3379 | |
3380 \def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} | |
3381 {\obeylines % | |
3382 \gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % | |
3383 \dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} | |
3384 | |
3385 % Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. | |
3386 | |
3387 % @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. | |
3388 % It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). | |
3389 % | |
3390 \def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex} | |
3391 \def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup | |
3392 \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% | |
3393 % | |
3394 \smallfonts \rm | |
3395 \tolerance = 9500 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3396 \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. |
41418 | 3397 \indexbreaks |
3398 % | |
3399 % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. | |
3400 % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains | |
3401 % \initial {@} | |
3402 % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces | |
3403 % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). | |
3404 \catcode`\@ = 11 | |
3405 \openin 1 \jobname.#1s | |
3406 \ifeof 1 | |
3407 % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, | |
3408 % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the | |
3409 % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure | |
3410 % there is some text. | |
3411 \putwordIndexNonexistent | |
3412 \else | |
3413 % | |
3414 % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof | |
3415 % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so | |
3416 % it can discover if there is anything in it. | |
3417 \read 1 to \temp | |
3418 \ifeof 1 | |
3419 \putwordIndexIsEmpty | |
3420 \else | |
3421 % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape | |
3422 % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change | |
3423 % to make right now. | |
3424 \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}% | |
3425 \catcode`\\ = 0 | |
3426 \escapechar = `\\ | |
3427 \begindoublecolumns | |
3428 \input \jobname.#1s | |
3429 \enddoublecolumns | |
3430 \fi | |
3431 \fi | |
3432 \closein 1 | |
3433 \endgroup} | |
3434 | |
3435 % These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. | |
3436 % Change them to control the appearance of the index. | |
3437 | |
3438 \def\initial#1{{% | |
3439 % Some minor font changes for the special characters. | |
3440 \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt | |
3441 % | |
3442 % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. | |
3443 \removelastskip | |
3444 % | |
3445 % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. | |
3446 \penalty -300 | |
3447 % | |
3448 % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of | |
3449 % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column | |
3450 % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch | |
3451 % we need before each entry, but it's better. | |
3452 % | |
3453 % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. | |
3454 \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip | |
3455 \leftline{\secbf #1}% | |
3456 \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip | |
3457 % | |
3458 % Do our best not to break after the initial. | |
3459 \nobreak | |
3460 }} | |
3461 | |
3462 % This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2 | |
3463 % flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents | |
3464 % entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. | |
3465 % | |
3466 \def\entry#1#2{\begingroup | |
3467 % | |
3468 % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't | |
3469 % affect previous text. | |
3470 \par | |
3471 % | |
3472 % Do not fill out the last line with white space. | |
3473 \parfillskip = 0in | |
3474 % | |
3475 % No extra space above this paragraph. | |
3476 \parskip = 0in | |
3477 % | |
3478 % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. | |
3479 \finalhyphendemerits = 0 | |
3480 % | |
3481 % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number | |
3482 % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the | |
3483 % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large | |
3484 % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across | |
3485 % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. | |
3486 % | |
3487 % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start | |
3488 % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. | |
3489 \hangindent = 2em | |
3490 % | |
3491 % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line | |
3492 % with blank space. | |
3493 \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil | |
3494 % | |
3495 % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns. | |
3496 \vskip 0pt plus1pt | |
3497 % | |
3498 % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking | |
3499 % parameters we've set above will have an effect. | |
3500 \noindent | |
3501 % | |
3502 % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it. | |
3503 #1% | |
3504 % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if | |
3505 % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be | |
3506 % cursed by a Unix daemon. | |
3507 \def\tempa{{\rm }}% | |
3508 \def\tempb{#2}% | |
3509 \edef\tempc{\tempa}% | |
3510 \edef\tempd{\tempb}% | |
3511 \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else% | |
3512 % | |
3513 % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out | |
3514 % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the | |
3515 % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) | |
3516 \hfil\penalty50 | |
3517 \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. | |
3518 % | |
3519 % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as | |
3520 % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull | |
3521 % \hbox ensues. | |
3522 \ifpdf | |
3523 \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. | |
3524 \else | |
3525 \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. | |
3526 \fi | |
3527 \fi% | |
3528 \par | |
3529 \endgroup} | |
3530 | |
3531 % Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. | |
3532 \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders | |
3533 \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} | |
3534 | |
3535 \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} | |
3536 | |
3537 \newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm | |
3538 \def\secondary#1#2{{% | |
3539 \parfillskip=0in | |
3540 \parskip=0in | |
3541 \hangindent=1in | |
3542 \hangafter=1 | |
3543 \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill | |
3544 \ifpdf | |
3545 \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. | |
3546 \else | |
3547 #2 | |
3548 \fi | |
3549 \par | |
3550 }} | |
3551 | |
3552 % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. | |
3553 % Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, | |
3554 % the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. | |
3555 \catcode`\@=11 | |
3556 | |
3557 \newbox\partialpage | |
3558 \newdimen\doublecolumnhsize | |
3559 | |
3560 \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns | |
3561 % Grab any single-column material above us. | |
3562 \output = {% | |
3563 % | |
3564 % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a | |
3565 % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output | |
3566 % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is | |
3567 % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In | |
3568 % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal | |
3569 % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this | |
3570 % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. | |
3571 \ifvoid\partialpage \else | |
3572 \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% | |
3573 \fi | |
3574 % | |
3575 \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% | |
3576 % Unvbox the main output page. | |
3577 \unvbox\PAGE | |
3578 \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip | |
3579 }% | |
3580 }% | |
3581 \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage | |
3582 % | |
3583 % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. | |
3584 \output = {\doublecolumnout}% | |
3585 % | |
3586 % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this | |
3587 % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 | |
3588 % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple | |
3589 % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the | |
3590 % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. | |
3591 % | |
3592 % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between | |
3593 % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it | |
3594 % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant | |
3595 % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) | |
3596 % as it did when we hard-coded it. | |
3597 % | |
3598 % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we | |
3599 % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) | |
3600 % been clobbered. | |
3601 % | |
3602 \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize | |
3603 \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize | |
3604 \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 | |
3605 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize | |
3606 % | |
3607 % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, | |
3608 % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) | |
3609 \vsize = 2\vsize | |
3610 } | |
3611 | |
3612 % The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except | |
3613 % the last. | |
3614 % | |
3615 \def\doublecolumnout{% | |
3616 \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth | |
3617 % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal | |
3618 % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the | |
3619 % previous page. | |
3620 \dimen@ = \vsize | |
3621 \divide\dimen@ by 2 | |
3622 \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage | |
3623 % | |
3624 % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. | |
3625 \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ | |
3626 \onepageout\pagesofar | |
3627 \unvbox255 | |
3628 \penalty\outputpenalty | |
3629 } | |
3630 % | |
3631 % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, | |
3632 % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. | |
3633 \def\pagesofar{% | |
3634 \unvbox\partialpage | |
3635 % | |
3636 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize | |
3637 \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize | |
3638 \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% | |
3639 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
3640 % |
41418 | 3641 % All done with double columns. |
3642 \def\enddoublecolumns{% | |
3643 \output = {% | |
3644 % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the | |
3645 % current page, no automatic page break. | |
3646 \balancecolumns | |
3647 % | |
3648 % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, | |
3649 % though, there will be another page break right after this \output | |
3650 % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not | |
3651 % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal | |
3652 % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be | |
3653 % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes | |
3654 % the output somewhat more palatable.) | |
3655 \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% | |
3656 }% | |
3657 \eject | |
3658 \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns | |
3659 % | |
3660 % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted | |
3661 % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column | |
3662 % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the | |
3663 % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). | |
3664 \pagegoal = \vsize | |
3665 } | |
3666 % | |
3667 % Called at the end of the double column material. | |
3668 \def\balancecolumns{% | |
3669 \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. | |
3670 \dimen@ = \ht0 | |
3671 \advance\dimen@ by \topskip | |
3672 \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip | |
3673 \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to | |
3674 %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% | |
3675 \splittopskip = \topskip | |
3676 % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. | |
3677 {% | |
3678 \vbadness = 10000 | |
3679 \loop | |
3680 \global\setbox3 = \copy0 | |
3681 \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ | |
3682 \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ | |
3683 \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt | |
3684 \repeat | |
3685 }% | |
3686 %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% | |
3687 \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% | |
3688 \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% | |
3689 % | |
3690 \pagesofar | |
3691 } | |
3692 \catcode`\@ = \other | |
3693 | |
3694 | |
3695 \message{sectioning,} | |
3696 % Chapters, sections, etc. | |
3697 | |
3698 \newcount\chapno | |
3699 \newcount\secno \secno=0 | |
3700 \newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 | |
3701 \newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 | |
3702 | |
3703 % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... | |
3704 \newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ | |
3705 % \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} | |
3706 % We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual | |
3707 % letter in the expansion, not just typeset. | |
3708 \def\appendixletter{% | |
3709 \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% | |
3710 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% | |
3711 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% | |
3712 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% | |
3713 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% | |
3714 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% | |
3715 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% | |
3716 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% | |
3717 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% | |
3718 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% | |
3719 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% | |
3720 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% | |
3721 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% | |
3722 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% | |
3723 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% | |
3724 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% | |
3725 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% | |
3726 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% | |
3727 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% | |
3728 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% | |
3729 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% | |
3730 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% | |
3731 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% | |
3732 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% | |
3733 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% | |
3734 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% | |
3735 % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is | |
3736 % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not | |
3737 % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out | |
3738 % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. | |
3739 \else\char\the\appendixno | |
3740 \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi | |
3741 \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} | |
3742 | |
3743 % Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. | |
3744 % page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. | |
3745 \def\thischapter{} | |
3746 \def\thissection{} | |
3747 | |
3748 \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level | |
3749 \newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count | |
3750 | |
3751 % @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. | |
3752 \def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} | |
3753 \let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name | |
3754 | |
3755 % @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. | |
3756 \def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} | |
3757 \let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name | |
3758 | |
3759 % Choose a numbered-heading macro | |
3760 % #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections | |
3761 % #2 is text for heading | |
3762 \def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 | |
3763 \ifcase\absseclevel | |
3764 \chapterzzz{#2} | |
3765 \or | |
3766 \seczzz{#2} | |
3767 \or | |
3768 \numberedsubseczzz{#2} | |
3769 \or | |
3770 \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} | |
3771 \else | |
3772 \ifnum \absseclevel<0 | |
3773 \chapterzzz{#2} | |
3774 \else | |
3775 \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} | |
3776 \fi | |
3777 \fi | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3778 \suppressfirstparagraphindent |
41418 | 3779 } |
3780 | |
3781 % like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels | |
3782 \def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 | |
3783 \ifcase\absseclevel | |
3784 \appendixzzz{#2} | |
3785 \or | |
3786 \appendixsectionzzz{#2} | |
3787 \or | |
3788 \appendixsubseczzz{#2} | |
3789 \or | |
3790 \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} | |
3791 \else | |
3792 \ifnum \absseclevel<0 | |
3793 \appendixzzz{#2} | |
3794 \else | |
3795 \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} | |
3796 \fi | |
3797 \fi | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3798 \suppressfirstparagraphindent |
41418 | 3799 } |
3800 | |
3801 % like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels | |
3802 \def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 | |
3803 \ifcase\absseclevel | |
3804 \unnumberedzzz{#2} | |
3805 \or | |
3806 \unnumberedseczzz{#2} | |
3807 \or | |
3808 \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2} | |
3809 \or | |
3810 \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} | |
3811 \else | |
3812 \ifnum \absseclevel<0 | |
3813 \unnumberedzzz{#2} | |
3814 \else | |
3815 \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} | |
3816 \fi | |
3817 \fi | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3818 \suppressfirstparagraphindent |
41418 | 3819 } |
3820 | |
3821 % @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. | |
3822 \def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title} | |
3823 \outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy} | |
3824 \def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz | |
3825 \def\chapterzzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3826 \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3827 \global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3828 \chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3829 \gdef\thissection{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3830 \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3831 % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3832 % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3833 \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3834 \writetocentry{chap}{#1}{{\the\chapno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3835 \donoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3836 \global\let\section = \numberedsec |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3837 \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3838 \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3839 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3840 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3841 % we use \chapno to avoid indenting back |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3842 \def\appendixbox#1{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3843 \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} \the\chapno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3844 \hbox to \wd0{#1\hss}} |
41418 | 3845 |
3846 \outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy} | |
3847 \def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz | |
3848 \def\appendixzzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3849 \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3850 \global\advance \appendixno by 1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3851 \message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3852 \chapmacro {#1}{\appendixbox{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3853 \gdef\thissection{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3854 \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3855 \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3856 \writetocentry{appendix}{#1}{{\appendixletter}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3857 \appendixnoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3858 \global\let\section = \appendixsec |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3859 \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3860 \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec |
41418 | 3861 } |
3862 | |
3863 % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. | |
3864 \outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy} | |
3865 \def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}} | |
3866 | |
3867 % @top is like @unnumbered. | |
3868 \outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} | |
3869 | |
3870 \outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} | |
3871 \def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz | |
3872 \def\unnumberedzzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3873 \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3874 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3875 % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3876 % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3877 % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3878 % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3879 % to be executed, not expanded). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3880 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3881 % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3882 % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3883 % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3884 % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3885 % the toc entries.) |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3886 \toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3887 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3888 \unnumbchapmacro {#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3889 \gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3890 \writetocentry{unnumbchap}{#1}{{\the\chapno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3891 \unnumbnoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3892 \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3893 \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3894 \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec |
41418 | 3895 } |
3896 | |
3897 % Sections. | |
3898 \outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy} | |
3899 \def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz | |
3900 \def\seczzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3901 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3902 \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3903 \writetocentry{sec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3904 \donoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3905 \nobreak |
41418 | 3906 } |
3907 | |
3908 \outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} | |
3909 \outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} | |
3910 \def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz | |
3911 \def\appendixsectionzzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3912 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3913 \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3914 \writetocentry{sec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3915 \appendixnoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3916 \nobreak |
41418 | 3917 } |
3918 | |
3919 \outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy} | |
3920 \def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz | |
3921 \def\unnumberedseczzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3922 \plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3923 \writetocentry{unnumbsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3924 \unnumbnoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3925 \nobreak |
41418 | 3926 } |
3927 | |
3928 % Subsections. | |
3929 \outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy} | |
3930 \def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz | |
3931 \def\numberedsubseczzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3932 \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3933 \subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3934 \writetocentry{subsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3935 \donoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3936 \nobreak |
41418 | 3937 } |
3938 | |
3939 \outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy} | |
3940 \def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz | |
3941 \def\appendixsubseczzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3942 \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3943 \subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3944 \writetocentry{subsec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3945 \appendixnoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3946 \nobreak |
41418 | 3947 } |
3948 | |
3949 \outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy} | |
3950 \def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz | |
3951 \def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3952 \plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3953 \writetocentry{unnumbsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3954 \unnumbnoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3955 \nobreak |
41418 | 3956 } |
3957 | |
3958 % Subsubsections. | |
3959 \outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy} | |
3960 \def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz | |
3961 \def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3962 \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3963 \subsubsecheading {#1} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3964 {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3965 \writetocentry{subsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3966 \donoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3967 \nobreak |
41418 | 3968 } |
3969 | |
3970 \outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy} | |
3971 \def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz | |
3972 \def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3973 \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3974 \subsubsecheading {#1} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3975 {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3976 \writetocentry{subsubsec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3977 \appendixnoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3978 \nobreak |
41418 | 3979 } |
3980 | |
3981 \outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy} | |
3982 \def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz | |
3983 \def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3984 \plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3985 \writetocentry{unnumbsubsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3986 \unnumbnoderef |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3987 \nobreak |
41418 | 3988 } |
3989 | |
3990 % These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo. | |
3991 % Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work. | |
3992 \def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} | |
3993 \def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} | |
3994 \def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz} | |
3995 \def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz} | |
3996 \def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz} | |
3997 | |
3998 \def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz} | |
3999 \def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz} | |
4000 \def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz} | |
4001 \def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz} | |
4002 | |
4003 \def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz} | |
4004 \def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz} | |
4005 \def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz} | |
4006 \def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz} | |
4007 | |
4008 % These macros control what the section commands do, according | |
4009 % to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). | |
4010 % Define them by default for a numbered chapter. | |
4011 \global\let\section = \numberedsec | |
4012 \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec | |
4013 \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec | |
4014 | |
4015 % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading | |
4016 | |
4017 % NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: | |
4018 % 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit | |
4019 % overlong headings to fold. | |
4020 % 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a | |
4021 % heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. | |
4022 % 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and | |
4023 % if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. | |
4024 | |
4025 | |
4026 \def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz} | |
4027 \def\majorheadingzzz #1{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4028 {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4029 {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4030 \parindent=0pt\raggedright |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4031 \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} |
41418 | 4032 |
4033 \def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz} | |
4034 \def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4035 {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4036 \parindent=0pt\raggedright |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4037 \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} |
41418 | 4038 |
4039 % @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. | |
4040 \def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading} | |
4041 \def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading} | |
4042 \def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading} | |
4043 | |
4044 % These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only | |
4045 % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), | |
4046 % given all the information in convenient, parsed form. | |
4047 | |
4048 %%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) | |
4049 \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} | |
4050 | |
4051 \def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} | |
4052 | |
4053 %%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it | |
4054 % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) | |
4055 | |
4056 \newskip\chapheadingskip | |
4057 | |
4058 \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} | |
4059 \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} | |
4060 \def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} | |
4061 | |
4062 \def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} | |
4063 | |
4064 \def\CHAPPAGoff{% | |
4065 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager | |
4066 \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak | |
4067 \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} | |
4068 | |
4069 \def\CHAPPAGon{% | |
4070 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager | |
4071 \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager | |
4072 \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager | |
4073 \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} | |
4074 | |
4075 \def\CHAPPAGodd{ | |
4076 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage | |
4077 \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage | |
4078 \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage | |
4079 \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} | |
4080 | |
4081 \CHAPPAGon | |
4082 | |
4083 \def\CHAPFplain{ | |
4084 \global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain | |
4085 \global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain | |
4086 \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain} | |
4087 | |
4088 % Plain chapter opening. | |
4089 % #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered. | |
4090 \def\chfplain#1#2{% | |
4091 \pchapsepmacro | |
4092 {% | |
4093 \chapfonts \rm | |
4094 \def\chapnum{#2}% | |
4095 \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% | |
4096 \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright | |
4097 \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe | |
4098 \unhbox0 #1\par}% | |
4099 }% | |
4100 \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title | |
4101 \nobreak | |
4102 } | |
4103 | |
4104 % Plain opening for unnumbered. | |
4105 \def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}} | |
4106 | |
4107 % @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. | |
4108 \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax | |
4109 \def\centerchfplain#1{{% | |
4110 \def\centerparametersmaybe{% | |
4111 \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip | |
4112 \leftskip = \rightskip | |
4113 \parfillskip = 0pt | |
4114 }% | |
4115 \chfplain{#1}{}% | |
4116 }} | |
4117 | |
4118 \CHAPFplain % The default | |
4119 | |
4120 \def\unnchfopen #1{% | |
4121 \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 | |
4122 \parindent=0pt\raggedright | |
4123 \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak | |
4124 } | |
4125 | |
4126 \def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts | |
4127 \vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% | |
4128 \par\penalty 5000 % | |
4129 } | |
4130 | |
4131 \def\centerchfopen #1{% | |
4132 \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 | |
4133 \parindent=0pt | |
4134 \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak | |
4135 } | |
4136 | |
4137 \def\CHAPFopen{ | |
4138 \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen | |
4139 \global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen | |
4140 \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} | |
4141 | |
4142 | |
4143 % Section titles. | |
4144 \newskip\secheadingskip | |
4145 \def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}} | |
4146 \def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}} | |
4147 \def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}} | |
4148 | |
4149 % Subsection titles. | |
4150 \newskip \subsecheadingskip | |
4151 \def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}} | |
4152 \def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}} | |
4153 \def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}} | |
4154 | |
4155 % Subsubsection titles. | |
4156 \let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip | |
4157 \let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak | |
4158 \def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}} | |
4159 \def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}} | |
4160 | |
4161 | |
4162 % Print any size section title. | |
4163 % | |
4164 % #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section | |
4165 % number (maybe empty), #3 the text. | |
4166 \def\sectionheading#1#2#3{% | |
4167 {% | |
4168 \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip | |
4169 \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname | |
4170 }% | |
4171 {% | |
4172 % Switch to the right set of fonts. | |
4173 \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm | |
4174 % | |
4175 % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number. | |
4176 \def\secnum{#2}% | |
4177 \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% | |
4178 % | |
4179 \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright | |
4180 \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number | |
4181 \unhbox0 #3}% | |
4182 }% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4183 % Add extra space after the heading -- either a line space or a |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4184 % paragraph space, whichever is more. (Some people like to set |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4185 % \parskip to large values for some reason.) Don't allow stretch, though. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4186 \nobreak |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4187 \ifdim\parskip>\normalbaselineskip |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4188 \kern\parskip |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4189 \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4190 \kern\normalbaselineskip |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4191 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4192 \nobreak |
41418 | 4193 } |
4194 | |
4195 | |
4196 \message{toc,} | |
4197 % Table of contents. | |
4198 \newwrite\tocfile | |
4199 | |
4200 % Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. | |
4201 % Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the | |
4202 % argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro. | |
4203 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4204 % Usage: \writetocentry{chap}{The Name of The Game}{{\the\chapno}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4205 % We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4206 % any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. |
41418 | 4207 % |
4208 \newif\iftocfileopened | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4209 \def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% |
41418 | 4210 \iftocfileopened\else |
4211 \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc | |
4212 \global\tocfileopenedtrue | |
4213 \fi | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4214 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4215 \iflinks |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4216 \toks0 = {#2}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4217 \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}#3{\folio}}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4218 \temp |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4219 \fi |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4220 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4221 % Tell \shipout to create a page destination if we're doing pdf, which |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4222 % will be the target of the links in the table of contents. We can't |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4223 % just do it on every page because the title pages are numbered 1 and |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4224 % 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first two pages |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4225 % of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named `1', and |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4226 % two named `2'. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4227 \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi |
41418 | 4228 } |
4229 | |
4230 \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in | |
4231 \newcount\savepageno | |
4232 \newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 | |
4233 | |
4234 % Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written | |
4235 % to \tocfile. | |
4236 % | |
4237 \def\startcontents#1{% | |
4238 % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should | |
4239 % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain | |
4240 % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. | |
4241 % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se> | |
4242 \contentsalignmacro | |
4243 \immediate\closeout\tocfile | |
4244 % | |
4245 % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. | |
4246 % It is abundantly clear what they are. | |
4247 \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}% | |
4248 \savepageno = \pageno | |
4249 \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. | |
4250 \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 | |
4251 % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section | |
4252 % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97. | |
4253 %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi | |
4254 \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. | |
4255 \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. | |
4256 % | |
4257 % Roman numerals for page numbers. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4258 \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi |
41418 | 4259 } |
4260 | |
4261 | |
4262 % Normal (long) toc. | |
4263 \def\contents{% | |
4264 \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% | |
4265 \openin 1 \jobname.toc | |
4266 \ifeof 1 \else | |
4267 \closein 1 | |
4268 \input \jobname.toc | |
4269 \fi | |
4270 \vfill \eject | |
4271 \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect | |
4272 \pdfmakeoutlines | |
4273 \endgroup | |
4274 \lastnegativepageno = \pageno | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4275 \global\pageno = \savepageno |
41418 | 4276 } |
4277 | |
4278 % And just the chapters. | |
4279 \def\summarycontents{% | |
4280 \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% | |
4281 % | |
4282 \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4283 \let\appendixentry = \shortappendixentry |
41418 | 4284 \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry |
4285 % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. | |
4286 \secfonts | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4287 \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4288 \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt |
41418 | 4289 \rm |
4290 \hyphenpenalty = 10000 | |
4291 \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. | |
4292 \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{} | |
4293 \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{} | |
4294 \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4295 \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4296 \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4297 \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry |
41418 | 4298 \openin 1 \jobname.toc |
4299 \ifeof 1 \else | |
4300 \closein 1 | |
4301 \input \jobname.toc | |
4302 \fi | |
4303 \vfill \eject | |
4304 \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect | |
4305 \endgroup | |
4306 \lastnegativepageno = \pageno | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4307 \global\pageno = \savepageno |
41418 | 4308 } |
4309 \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents | |
4310 | |
4311 \ifpdf | |
4312 \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}% | |
4313 \fi | |
4314 | |
4315 % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. | |
4316 % The first argument is the chapter or section name. | |
4317 % The last argument is the page number. | |
4318 % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... | |
4319 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4320 % Chapters, in the main contents. |
41418 | 4321 \def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}} |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4322 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4323 % Chapters, in the short toc. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4324 % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. |
41418 | 4325 \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{% |
4326 \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}% | |
4327 } | |
4328 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4329 % Appendices, in the main contents. |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4330 \def\appendixentry#1#2#3{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4331 \dochapentry{\appendixbox{\putwordAppendix{} #2}\labelspace#1}{#3}} |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4332 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4333 % Appendices, in the short toc. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4334 \let\shortappendixentry = \shortchapentry |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4335 |
41418 | 4336 % Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4337 % The arg is, e.g., `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. |
41418 | 4338 % We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry |
4339 % command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry | |
4340 % for both, but it doesn't seem worth it. | |
4341 % | |
4342 \newdimen\shortappendixwidth | |
4343 % | |
4344 \def\shortchaplabel#1{% | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4345 % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the |
41418 | 4346 % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4347 % But use \hss just in case. |
41418 | 4348 % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after |
4349 % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4350 \dimen0 = 1em |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4351 \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hss}% |
41418 | 4352 } |
4353 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4354 % Unnumbered chapters. |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4355 \def\unnumbchapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#1}{#3}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4356 \def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2#3{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}} |
41418 | 4357 |
4358 % Sections. | |
4359 \def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4360 \def\unnumbsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} |
41418 | 4361 |
4362 % Subsections. | |
4363 \def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4364 \def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#5}} |
41418 | 4365 |
4366 % And subsubsections. | |
4367 \def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{% | |
4368 \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4369 \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#6}} |
41418 | 4370 |
4371 % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. | |
4372 \newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc | |
4373 | |
4374 % Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the | |
4375 % page number. | |
4376 % | |
4377 % If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters | |
4378 % if at all possible; hence the \penalty. | |
4379 \def\dochapentry#1#2{% | |
4380 \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip | |
4381 \begingroup | |
4382 \chapentryfonts | |
4383 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% | |
4384 \endgroup | |
4385 \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip | |
4386 } | |
4387 | |
4388 \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup | |
4389 \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent | |
4390 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% | |
4391 \endgroup} | |
4392 | |
4393 \def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup | |
4394 \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent | |
4395 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% | |
4396 \endgroup} | |
4397 | |
4398 \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup | |
4399 \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent | |
4400 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% | |
4401 \endgroup} | |
4402 | |
4403 % Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for | |
4404 % the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We | |
4405 % can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist | |
4406 % of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.) | |
4407 \def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup | |
4408 \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks | |
4409 % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments. Since the toc is | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4410 % typeset in cmr, characters such as _ would come out wrong; we |
41418 | 4411 % have to do the usual translation tricks. |
4412 \entry{#1}{#2}% | |
4413 \endgroup} | |
4414 | |
4415 % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. | |
4416 \def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} | |
4417 | |
4418 \def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} | |
4419 \def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} | |
4420 | |
4421 \def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} | |
4422 \def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} | |
4423 \let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts | |
4424 \let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts | |
4425 | |
4426 | |
4427 \message{environments,} | |
4428 % @foo ... @end foo. | |
4429 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4430 % @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
4431 % |
41418 | 4432 % Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of |
4433 % \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4434 % |
41418 | 4435 \def\point{$\star$} |
4436 \def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} | |
4437 \def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} | |
4438 \def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} | |
4439 \def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} | |
4440 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4441 % The @error{} command. |
41418 | 4442 % Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
4443 % |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4444 \newbox\errorbox |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4445 % |
41418 | 4446 {\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. |
4447 \dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules | |
4448 % The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) | |
4449 \setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4450 % |
41418 | 4451 \global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil |
4452 \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. | |
4453 \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. | |
4454 \vbox{ | |
4455 \hrule height\dimen2 | |
4456 \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. | |
4457 \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. | |
4458 \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. | |
4459 \hrule height\dimen2} | |
4460 \hfil} | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4461 % |
41418 | 4462 \def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} |
4463 | |
4464 % @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. | |
4465 % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. | |
4466 % But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. | |
4467 | |
4468 \def\tex{\begingroup | |
4469 \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 | |
4470 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4471 \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie |
41418 | 4472 \catcode `\%=14 |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4473 \catcode `\+=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4474 \catcode `\"=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4475 \catcode `\==\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4476 \catcode `\|=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4477 \catcode `\<=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4478 \catcode `\>=\other |
41418 | 4479 \escapechar=`\\ |
4480 % | |
4481 \let\b=\ptexb | |
4482 \let\bullet=\ptexbullet | |
4483 \let\c=\ptexc | |
4484 \let\,=\ptexcomma | |
4485 \let\.=\ptexdot | |
4486 \let\dots=\ptexdots | |
4487 \let\equiv=\ptexequiv | |
4488 \let\!=\ptexexclam | |
4489 \let\i=\ptexi | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4490 \let\indent=\ptexindent |
41418 | 4491 \let\{=\ptexlbrace |
4492 \let\+=\tabalign | |
4493 \let\}=\ptexrbrace | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4494 \let\/=\ptexslash |
41418 | 4495 \let\*=\ptexstar |
4496 \let\t=\ptext | |
4497 % | |
4498 \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% | |
4499 \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% | |
4500 \def\@{@}% | |
4501 \let\Etex=\endgroup} | |
4502 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4503 % Define @lisp ... @end lisp. |
41418 | 4504 % @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things, |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4505 % including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). |
41418 | 4506 |
4507 % Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. | |
4508 \newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in | |
4509 | |
4510 % This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other | |
4511 % such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't | |
4512 % have any width. | |
4513 \def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} | |
4514 | |
4515 % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword | |
4516 % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this | |
4517 % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input | |
4518 % should produce a line of output anyway. | |
4519 % | |
4520 {\obeyspaces % | |
4521 \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}} | |
4522 | |
4523 % Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is | |
4524 % for use in \parsearg. | |
4525 {\sepspaces% | |
4526 \global\let\obeyedspace= } | |
4527 | |
4528 % This space is always present above and below environments. | |
4529 \newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt | |
4530 | |
4531 % Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here | |
4532 % to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip | |
4533 % is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4534 % start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. |
41418 | 4535 % |
4536 \def\aboveenvbreak{{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4537 % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz, q.v. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4538 \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else |
41418 | 4539 \advance\envskipamount by \parskip |
4540 \endgraf | |
4541 \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount | |
4542 \removelastskip | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4543 % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4544 % or better ... |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4545 \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \else \penalty-50 \fi |
41418 | 4546 \vskip\envskipamount |
4547 \fi | |
4548 \fi | |
4549 }} | |
4550 | |
4551 \let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak | |
4552 | |
4553 % \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins. | |
4554 \let\nonarrowing=\relax | |
4555 | |
4556 % @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around | |
4557 % environment contents. | |
4558 \font\circle=lcircle10 | |
4559 \newdimen\circthick | |
4560 \newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner | |
4561 \newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip | |
4562 \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle | |
4563 % | |
4564 \def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth | |
4565 \def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} | |
4566 \def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} | |
4567 \def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} | |
4568 \def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip | |
4569 \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr | |
4570 \hskip\rskip}} | |
4571 \def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip | |
4572 \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr | |
4573 \hskip\rskip}} | |
4574 % | |
4575 \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip | |
4576 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4577 \def\cartouche{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4578 \par % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. |
41418 | 4579 \begingroup |
4580 \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip | |
4581 \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*. | |
4582 \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip | |
4583 \advance\cartinner by-\rskip | |
4584 \cartouter=\hsize | |
4585 \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either | |
4586 % side, and for 6pt waste from | |
4587 % each corner char, and rule thickness | |
4588 \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip | |
4589 % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. | |
4590 \let\nonarrowing=\comment | |
4591 \vbox\bgroup | |
4592 \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt | |
4593 \carttop | |
4594 \hbox\bgroup | |
4595 \hskip\lskip | |
4596 \vrule\kern3pt | |
4597 \vbox\bgroup | |
4598 \hsize=\cartinner | |
4599 \kern3pt | |
4600 \begingroup | |
4601 \baselineskip=\normbskip | |
4602 \lineskip=\normlskip | |
4603 \parskip=\normpskip | |
4604 \vskip -\parskip | |
4605 \def\Ecartouche{% | |
4606 \endgroup | |
4607 \kern3pt | |
4608 \egroup | |
4609 \kern3pt\vrule | |
4610 \hskip\rskip | |
4611 \egroup | |
4612 \cartbot | |
4613 \egroup | |
4614 \endgroup | |
4615 }} | |
4616 | |
4617 | |
4618 % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, | |
4619 % inside a group. | |
4620 \def\nonfillstart{% | |
4621 \aboveenvbreak | |
4622 \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body | |
4623 \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy | |
4624 \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. | |
4625 \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines | |
4626 \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output | |
4627 \parskip = 0pt | |
4628 \parindent = 0pt | |
4629 \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes | |
4630 % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing | |
4631 % at next level down. | |
4632 \ifx\nonarrowing\relax | |
4633 \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing | |
4634 \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing | |
4635 \let\exdent=\nofillexdent | |
4636 \let\nonarrowing=\relax | |
4637 \fi | |
4638 } | |
4639 | |
4640 % Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular | |
4641 % environment, so the error checking in \end will work. | |
4642 % | |
4643 % To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via | |
4644 % \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep | |
4645 % the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be | |
4646 % inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after | |
4647 % the environment. | |
4648 % | |
4649 \def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup} | |
4650 | |
4651 % @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font. | |
4652 \def\lisp{\begingroup | |
4653 \nonfillstart | |
4654 \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish | |
4655 \tt | |
4656 \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. | |
4657 \gobble % eat return | |
4658 } | |
4659 | |
4660 % @example: Same as @lisp. | |
4661 \def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} | |
4662 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4663 % @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. |
41418 | 4664 % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4665 \def\smalllisp{\begingroup |
41418 | 4666 \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% |
4667 \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4668 \smallexamplefonts |
41418 | 4669 \lisp |
4670 } | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4671 \let\smallexample = \smalllisp |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4672 |
41418 | 4673 |
4674 % @display: same as @lisp except keep current font. | |
4675 % | |
4676 \def\display{\begingroup | |
4677 \nonfillstart | |
4678 \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish | |
4679 \gobble | |
4680 } | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4681 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4682 % @smalldisplay: @display plus smaller fonts. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4683 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4684 \def\smalldisplay{\begingroup |
41418 | 4685 \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4686 \smallexamplefonts \rm |
41418 | 4687 \display |
4688 } | |
4689 | |
4690 % @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins. | |
4691 % | |
4692 \def\format{\begingroup | |
4693 \let\nonarrowing = t | |
4694 \nonfillstart | |
4695 \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish | |
4696 \gobble | |
4697 } | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4698 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4699 % @smallformat: @format plus smaller fonts. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4700 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4701 \def\smallformat{\begingroup |
41418 | 4702 \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4703 \smallexamplefonts \rm |
41418 | 4704 \format |
4705 } | |
4706 | |
4707 % @flushleft (same as @format). | |
4708 % | |
4709 \def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format} | |
4710 | |
4711 % @flushright. | |
4712 % | |
4713 \def\flushright{\begingroup | |
4714 \let\nonarrowing = t | |
4715 \nonfillstart | |
4716 \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish | |
4717 \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill | |
4718 \gobble | |
4719 } | |
4720 | |
4721 | |
4722 % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) | |
4723 % and narrows the margins. | |
4724 % | |
4725 \def\quotation{% | |
4726 \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body | |
4727 {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip | |
4728 \parindent=0pt | |
4729 % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're | |
4730 % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment... | |
4731 \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}% | |
4732 % | |
4733 % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. | |
4734 \ifx\nonarrowing\relax | |
4735 \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing | |
4736 \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing | |
4737 \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing | |
4738 \let\nonarrowing = \relax | |
4739 \fi | |
4740 } | |
4741 | |
4742 | |
4743 % LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>} | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
4744 % If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter, |
41418 | 4745 % we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: |
4746 % `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org | |
4747 % | |
4748 % [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. | |
4749 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4750 % [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4751 % active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4752 % verbatim line. |
41418 | 4753 \def\dospecials{% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4754 \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4755 \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4756 \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4757 } |
41418 | 4758 % |
4759 % [Knuth] p. 380 | |
4760 \def\uncatcodespecials{% | |
4761 \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials} | |
4762 % | |
4763 % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 | |
4764 % Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font | |
4765 \begingroup | |
4766 \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} | |
4767 \endgroup | |
4768 % | |
4769 % Setup for the @verb command. | |
4770 % | |
4771 % Eight spaces for a tab | |
4772 \begingroup | |
4773 \catcode`\^^I=\active | |
4774 \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} | |
4775 \endgroup | |
4776 % | |
4777 \def\setupverb{% | |
4778 \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim | |
4779 \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% | |
4780 \catcode`\`=\active | |
4781 \tabeightspaces | |
4782 % Respect line breaks, | |
4783 % print special symbols as themselves, and | |
4784 % make each space count | |
4785 % must do in this order: | |
4786 \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces | |
4787 } | |
4788 | |
4789 % Setup for the @verbatim environment | |
4790 % | |
4791 % Real tab expansion | |
4792 \newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount | |
4793 % | |
4794 \def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} | |
4795 \begingroup | |
4796 \catcode`\^^I=\active | |
4797 \gdef\tabexpand{% | |
4798 \catcode`\^^I=\active | |
4799 \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup | |
4800 \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab | |
4801 \divide\dimen0 by\tabw | |
4802 \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw | |
4803 \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw | |
4804 \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox | |
4805 }% | |
4806 } | |
4807 \endgroup | |
4808 \def\setupverbatim{% | |
4809 % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim | |
4810 \tt | |
4811 \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% | |
4812 \catcode`\`=\active | |
4813 \tabexpand | |
4814 % Respect line breaks, | |
4815 % print special symbols as themselves, and | |
4816 % make each space count | |
4817 % must do in this order: | |
4818 \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces | |
4819 \everypar{\starttabbox}% | |
4820 } | |
4821 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
4822 % Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
4823 % delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a |
41418 | 4824 % right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: |
4825 % | |
4826 % \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1} | |
4827 % | |
4828 % [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} | |
4829 \begingroup | |
4830 \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12 | |
4831 \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] | |
4832 \endgroup | |
4833 % | |
4834 \def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} | |
4835 % | |
4836 % | |
4837 % Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that | |
4838 % the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: | |
4839 % | |
4840 % \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} | |
4841 % | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
4842 % For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, |
41418 | 4843 % because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4844 % we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. |
41418 | 4845 % |
4846 % Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] | |
4847 %% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know | |
4848 %% \begingroup | |
4849 %% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1 | |
4850 %% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active | |
4851 %% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[ | |
4852 %% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]] | |
4853 %% |endgroup | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4854 % |
41418 | 4855 \begingroup |
4856 \catcode`\ =\active | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4857 \obeylines % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4858 % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4859 % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4860 % line in the output. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4861 \gdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\end{verbatim}}% |
41418 | 4862 \endgroup |
4863 % | |
4864 \def\verbatim{% | |
4865 \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% | |
4866 \begingroup | |
4867 \nonfillstart | |
4868 \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent | |
4869 \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim | |
4870 } | |
4871 | |
4872 % @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. | |
4873 % | |
4874 % Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). | |
4875 \def\verbatiminclude{% | |
4876 \begingroup | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4877 \catcode`\\=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4878 \catcode`~=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4879 \catcode`^=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4880 \catcode`_=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4881 \catcode`|=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4882 \catcode`<=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4883 \catcode`>=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4884 \catcode`+=\other |
41418 | 4885 \parsearg\doverbatiminclude |
4886 } | |
4887 \def\setupverbatiminclude{% | |
4888 \begingroup | |
4889 \nonfillstart | |
4890 \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent | |
4891 \begingroup\setupverbatim | |
4892 } | |
4893 % | |
4894 \def\doverbatiminclude#1{% | |
4895 % Restore active chars for included file. | |
4896 \endgroup | |
4897 \begingroup | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4898 \let\value=\expandablevalue |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4899 \def\thisfile{#1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4900 \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4901 \endgroup |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4902 \nonfillfinish |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4903 \endgroup |
41418 | 4904 } |
4905 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4906 % @copying ... @end copying. |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4907 % Save the text away for @insertcopying later. Many commands won't be |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4908 % allowed in this context, but that's ok. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4909 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4910 % We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4911 % Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4912 % typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4913 % beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4914 % file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4915 % possible is very desirable. |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4916 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4917 \def\copying{\begingroup |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4918 % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end copying'. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4919 % \ is the escape char in this texinfo.tex file, so it is the |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4920 % delimiter for the command; @ will be the escape char when we read |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4921 % it, but that doesn't matter. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4922 \long\def\docopying##1\end copying{\gdef\copyingtext{##1}\enddocopying}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4923 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4924 % We must preserve ^^M's in the input file; see \insertcopying below. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4925 \catcode`\^^M = \active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4926 \docopying |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4927 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4928 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4929 % What we do to finish off the copying text. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4930 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4931 \def\enddocopying{\endgroup\ignorespaces} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4932 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4933 % @insertcopying. Here we must play games with ^^M's. On the one hand, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4934 % we need them to delimit commands such as `@end quotation', so they |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4935 % must be active. On the other hand, we certainly don't want every |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4936 % end-of-line to be a \par, as would happen with the normal active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4937 % definition of ^^M. On the third hand, two ^^M's in a row should still |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4938 % generate a \par. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4939 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4940 % Our approach is to make ^^M insert a space and a penalty1 normally; |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4941 % then it can also check if \lastpenalty=1. If it does, then manually |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4942 % do \par. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4943 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4944 % This messes up the normal definitions of @c[omment], so we redefine |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4945 % it. Similarly for @ignore. (These commands are used in the gcc |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4946 % manual for man page generation.) |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4947 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4948 % Seems pretty fragile, most line-oriented commands will presumably |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4949 % fail, but for the limited use of getting the copying text (which |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4950 % should be quite simple) inserted, we can hope it's ok. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4951 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4952 {\catcode`\^^M=\active % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4953 \gdef\insertcopying{\begingroup % |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
4954 \parindent = 0pt % looks wrong on title page |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4955 \def^^M{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4956 \ifnum \lastpenalty=1 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4957 \par % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4958 \else % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4959 \space \penalty 1 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4960 \fi % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4961 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4962 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4963 % Fix @c[omment] for catcode 13 ^^M's. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4964 \def\c##1^^M{\ignorespaces}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4965 \let\comment = \c % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4966 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4967 % Don't bother jumping through all the hoops that \doignore does, it |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4968 % would be very hard since the catcodes are already set. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4969 \long\def\ignore##1\end ignore{\ignorespaces}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4970 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4971 \copyingtext % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4972 \endgroup}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4973 } |
41418 | 4974 |
4975 \message{defuns,} | |
4976 % @defun etc. | |
4977 | |
4978 % Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4979 \def\setdeffont#1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname} |
41418 | 4980 |
4981 \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in | |
4982 \newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt | |
4983 \newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt | |
4984 | |
4985 \newcount\parencount | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4986 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4987 % We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4988 % |
41418 | 4989 \def\activeparens{% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4990 \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4991 \catcode`\&=\active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4992 \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4993 } |
41418 | 4994 |
4995 % Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. | |
4996 \let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) | |
4997 | |
4998 {\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm) | |
4999 | |
5000 % Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, | |
5001 % if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, | |
5002 % so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. | |
5003 \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen | |
5004 \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack | |
5005 | |
5006 \gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 } | |
5007 \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} | |
5008 % This is used to turn on special parens | |
5009 % but make & act ordinary (given that it's active). | |
5010 \gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr} | |
5011 | |
5012 % Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions. | |
5013 % This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses. | |
5014 \gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested | |
5015 \global\advance\parencount by 1 | |
5016 } | |
5017 % | |
5018 % This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens. | |
5019 \gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 } | |
5020 % | |
5021 \gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0. | |
5022 % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (. | |
5023 \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi | |
5024 \global\advance \parencount by -1 } | |
5025 % If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards | |
5026 \gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ } | |
5027 % | |
5028 \gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr} | |
5029 } % End of definition inside \activeparens | |
5030 %% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the | |
5031 %% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] | |
5032 \def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 } | |
5033 \def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 } | |
5034 \let\ampnr = \& | |
5035 \def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} | |
5036 \def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}} | |
5037 | |
5038 % Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined. | |
5039 { | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5040 \catcode`& = \active |
41418 | 5041 \global\let& = \ampnr |
5042 } | |
5043 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5044 % \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5045 % #1 is the function name. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5046 % #2 is the type of definition, such as "Function". |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5047 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5048 \def\defname#1#2{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5049 % How we'll output the type name. Putting it in brackets helps |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5050 % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5051 % just below it. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5052 \ifempty{#2}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5053 \def\defnametype{}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5054 \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5055 \def\defnametype{[\rm #2]}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5056 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5057 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5058 % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5059 \dimen2=\leftskip |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5060 \advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5061 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5062 % Figure out values for the paragraph shape. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5063 \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\defnametype}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5064 \dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5065 \dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent % size for continuations |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5066 \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5067 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5068 % Output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) but stuck inside a box of |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5069 % width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5070 \noindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5071 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5072 {% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5073 % so that \rightline will obey them. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5074 \advance \hsize by -\dimen2 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5075 \dimen3 = 0pt % was -1.25pc |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5076 \rlap{\rightline{\defnametype\kern\dimen3}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5077 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5078 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5079 % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5080 \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5081 \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5082 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5083 {\df #1}\enskip % output function name |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5084 % \defunargs will be called next to output the arguments, if any. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5085 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5086 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5087 % Common pieces to start any @def... |
41418 | 5088 % #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define). |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5089 % #2 is the \...x control sequence (which our caller defines). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5090 % #3 is the control sequence to process the header, such as \defunheader. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5091 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5092 \def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5093 \begingroup\inENV |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5094 % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5095 % which is there to keep the function description together with its |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5096 % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we want to allow a |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5097 % break after all. Check for penalty 10002 (inserted by |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5098 % \defargscommonending) instead of 10000, since the sectioning |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5099 % commands insert a \penalty10000, and we don't want to allow a break |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5100 % between a section heading and a defun. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5101 \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty0 \fi |
41418 | 5102 \medbreak |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5103 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5104 % Define the \E... end token that this defining construct specifies |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5105 % so that it will exit this group. |
41418 | 5106 \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5107 % |
41418 | 5108 \parindent=0in |
5109 \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent | |
5110 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5111 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5112 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5113 % Common part of the \...x definitions. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5114 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5115 \def\defxbodycommon{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5116 % As with \parsebodycommon above, allow line break if we have multiple |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5117 % x headers in a row. It's not a great place, though. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5118 \ifnum\lastpenalty=10000 \penalty1000 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5119 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5120 \begingroup\obeylines |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5121 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5122 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5123 % Process body of @defun, @deffn, @defmac, etc. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5124 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5125 \def\defparsebody#1#2#3{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5126 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5127 \def#2{\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5128 \catcode\equalChar=\active |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5129 \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5130 \spacesplit#3% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5131 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5132 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5133 % #1, #2, #3 are the common arguments (see \parsebodycommon above). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5134 % #4, delimited by the space, is the class name. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5135 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5136 \def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5137 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5138 \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5139 \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5140 % The \empty here prevents misinterpretation of a construct such as |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5141 % @deffn {whatever} {Enharmonic comma} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5142 % See comments at \deftpparsebody, although in our case we don't have |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5143 % to remove the \empty afterwards, since it is empty. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5144 \spacesplit{#3{#4}}\empty |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5145 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5146 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5147 % Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5148 % #1, #2, #3 are the common arguments (see \defparsebody). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5149 % #4, delimited by a space, is the class name. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5150 % #5 is the method's return type. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5151 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5152 \def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5153 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5154 \def#2##1 ##2 {\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5155 \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5156 \spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5157 } |
41418 | 5158 |
5159 % Used for @deftypeop. The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an | |
5160 % extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it | |
5161 % being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'. We have | |
5162 % to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the | |
5163 % input at hand. Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for | |
5164 % the \E... definition to assign the category name to. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
5165 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5166 \def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5167 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5168 \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {\def#4{##1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5169 \defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5170 \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5171 \spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5172 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5173 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5174 % For @defop. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5175 \def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5176 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5177 \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5178 \defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5179 \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5180 \spacesplit{#3{#5}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5181 } |
41418 | 5182 |
5183 % These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones | |
5184 % except that they do not make parens into active characters. | |
5185 % These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5186 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5187 \def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5188 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5189 \def#2{\defxbodycommon \spacesplit#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5190 \catcode\equalChar=\active |
41418 | 5191 \begingroup\obeylines |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5192 \spacesplit#3% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5193 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5194 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5195 % @defopvar. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5196 \def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5197 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5198 \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5199 \defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5200 \begingroup\obeylines |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5201 \spacesplit{#3{#5}}% |
41418 | 5202 } |
5203 | |
5204 \def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {% | |
5205 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5206 \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5207 \begingroup\obeylines |
41418 | 5208 \spacesplit{#3{#4}}% |
5209 } | |
5210 | |
5211 % This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the | |
5212 % type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct | |
5213 % termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh. | |
5214 % \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody | |
5215 % | |
5216 % So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That | |
5217 % way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and | |
5218 % won't strip off the braces. | |
5219 % | |
5220 \def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {% | |
5221 \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5222 \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5223 \begingroup\obeylines |
41418 | 5224 \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty |
5225 } | |
5226 | |
5227 % Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the | |
5228 % braces (if any). That's what this does. | |
5229 % | |
5230 \def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1} | |
5231 | |
5232 % After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final | |
5233 % thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3 | |
5234 % (which might be empty) the arguments. | |
5235 % | |
5236 \def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{% | |
5237 #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}% | |
5238 }% | |
5239 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5240 % Split up #2 (the rest of the input line) at the first space token. |
41418 | 5241 % call #1 with two arguments: |
5242 % the first is all of #2 before the space token, | |
5243 % the second is all of #2 after that space token. | |
5244 % If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg | |
5245 % and the second is passed as empty. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5246 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5247 {\obeylines % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5248 \gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitx{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitx}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5249 \long\gdef\spacesplitx#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitx{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5250 \ifx\relax #3% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5251 #1{#2}{}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5252 \else % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5253 #1{#2}{#3#4}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5254 \fi}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5255 } |
41418 | 5256 |
5257 % Define @defun. | |
5258 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5259 % This is called to end the arguments processing for all the @def... commands. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5260 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5261 \def\defargscommonending{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5262 \interlinepenalty = 10000 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5263 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5264 \endgraf |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5265 \nobreak\vskip -\parskip |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5266 \penalty 10002 % signal to \parsebodycommon. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5267 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5268 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5269 % This expands the args and terminates the paragraph they comprise. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5270 % |
41418 | 5271 \def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl |
5272 % Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. | |
5273 % Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. | |
5274 % Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro. | |
5275 {\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}% | |
5276 #1% | |
5277 {\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}% | |
5278 \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5279 \defargscommonending |
41418 | 5280 } |
5281 | |
5282 \def\deftypefunargs #1{% | |
5283 % Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. | |
5284 % Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. | |
5285 % Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special. | |
5286 \boldbraxnoamp | |
5287 \tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5288 \defargscommonending |
41418 | 5289 } |
5290 | |
5291 % Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed. | |
5292 | |
5293 % @deffn Command forward-char nchars | |
5294 | |
5295 \def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader} | |
5296 | |
5297 \def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% | |
5298 \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5299 \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody |
41418 | 5300 } |
5301 | |
5302 % @defun == @deffn Function | |
5303 | |
5304 \def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader} | |
5305 | |
5306 \def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index | |
5307 \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}% | |
5308 \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5309 \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody |
41418 | 5310 } |
5311 | |
5312 % @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) | |
5313 | |
5314 \def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader} | |
5315 | |
5316 % #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args. | |
5317 \def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax} | |
5318 % #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args. | |
5319 \def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{% | |
5320 \doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5321 \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}% |
41418 | 5322 \deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5323 \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody |
41418 | 5324 } |
5325 | |
5326 % @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) | |
5327 | |
5328 \def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader} | |
5329 | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5330 % \defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$ |
41418 | 5331 % puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null. |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5332 \def\defheaderxcond#1#2$.${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi} |
41418 | 5333 |
5334 % #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args. | |
5335 \def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax} | |
5336 % #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args. | |
5337 \def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{% | |
5338 \doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index | |
5339 \begingroup | |
5340 \normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents | |
5341 % at least some C++ text from working | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5342 \defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{#1}% |
41418 | 5343 \deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5344 \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody |
41418 | 5345 } |
5346 | |
5347 % @defmac == @deffn Macro | |
5348 | |
5349 \def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader} | |
5350 | |
5351 \def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index | |
5352 \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}% | |
5353 \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5354 \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody |
41418 | 5355 } |
5356 | |
5357 % @defspec == @deffn Special Form | |
5358 | |
5359 \def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader} | |
5360 | |
5361 \def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index | |
5362 \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}% | |
5363 \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5364 \catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody |
41418 | 5365 } |
5366 | |
5367 % @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG... | |
5368 % | |
5369 \def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}% | |
5370 \defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype} | |
5371 % | |
5372 \def\defopheader#1#2#3{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5373 \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% function index entry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5374 \begingroup |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5375 \defname{#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5376 \defunargs{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5377 \endgroup |
41418 | 5378 } |
5379 | |
5380 % @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG... | |
5381 % | |
5382 \def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}% | |
5383 \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader | |
5384 \deftypeopcategory} | |
5385 % | |
5386 % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args. | |
5387 \def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{% | |
5388 \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index | |
5389 \begingroup | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5390 \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3} |
41418 | 5391 {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}% |
5392 \deftypefunargs{#4}% | |
5393 \endgroup | |
5394 } | |
5395 | |
5396 % @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG... | |
5397 % | |
5398 \def\deftypemethod{% | |
5399 \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader} | |
5400 % | |
5401 % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args. | |
5402 \def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{% | |
5403 \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index | |
5404 \begingroup | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5405 \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% |
41418 | 5406 \deftypefunargs{#4}% |
5407 \endgroup | |
5408 } | |
5409 | |
5410 % @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME | |
5411 % | |
5412 \def\deftypeivar{% | |
5413 \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader} | |
5414 % | |
5415 % #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name. | |
5416 \def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{% | |
5417 \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index | |
5418 \begingroup | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5419 \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3} |
41418 | 5420 {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}% |
5421 \defvarargs{#3}% | |
5422 \endgroup | |
5423 } | |
5424 | |
5425 % @defmethod == @defop Method | |
5426 % | |
5427 \def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader} | |
5428 % | |
5429 % #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args. | |
5430 \def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{% | |
5431 \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index | |
5432 \begingroup | |
5433 \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}% | |
5434 \defunargs{#3}% | |
5435 \endgroup | |
5436 } | |
5437 | |
5438 % @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag | |
5439 | |
5440 \def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}% | |
5441 \defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype} | |
5442 | |
5443 \def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5444 \dosubind{vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% variable index entry |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5445 \begingroup |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5446 \defname{#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5447 \defvarargs{#3}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5448 \endgroup |
41418 | 5449 } |
5450 | |
5451 % @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME | |
5452 % | |
5453 \def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader} | |
5454 % | |
5455 \def\defivarheader#1#2#3{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5456 \dosubind{vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in var index |
41418 | 5457 \begingroup |
5458 \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}% | |
5459 \defvarargs{#3}% | |
5460 \endgroup | |
5461 } | |
5462 | |
5463 % @defvar | |
5464 % First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar. | |
5465 % This is actually simple: just print them in roman. | |
5466 % This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up | |
5467 \def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5468 \defargscommonending |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5469 } |
41418 | 5470 |
5471 % @defvr Counter foo-count | |
5472 | |
5473 \def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader} | |
5474 | |
5475 \def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% | |
5476 \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup} | |
5477 | |
5478 % @defvar == @defvr Variable | |
5479 | |
5480 \def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader} | |
5481 | |
5482 \def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index | |
5483 \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}% | |
5484 \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % | |
5485 } | |
5486 | |
5487 % @defopt == @defvr {User Option} | |
5488 | |
5489 \def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader} | |
5490 | |
5491 \def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index | |
5492 \begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}% | |
5493 \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % | |
5494 } | |
5495 | |
5496 % @deftypevar int foobar | |
5497 | |
5498 \def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader} | |
5499 | |
5500 % #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that | |
5501 % is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index. | |
5502 \def\deftypevarheader #1#2{% | |
5503 \dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5504 \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5505 \defargscommonending |
41418 | 5506 \endgroup} |
5507 \def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}} | |
5508 | |
5509 % @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable | |
5510 | |
5511 \def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader} | |
5512 | |
5513 \def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax% | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5514 \begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{#1} |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5515 \defargscommonending |
41418 | 5516 \endgroup} |
5517 | |
5518 % Now define @deftp | |
5519 % Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar. | |
5520 | |
5521 \def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}} | |
5522 | |
5523 % @deftp Class window height width ... | |
5524 | |
5525 \def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader} | |
5526 | |
5527 \def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}% | |
5528 \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup} | |
5529 | |
5530 % These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.) | |
5531 % anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
5532 % |
41418 | 5533 \def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} |
5534 \def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} | |
5535 \def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} | |
5536 \def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} | |
5537 \def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} | |
5538 \def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} | |
5539 \def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} | |
5540 \def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} | |
5541 \def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} | |
5542 \def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} | |
5543 \def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}} | |
5544 \def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}} | |
5545 \def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}} | |
5546 \def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}} | |
5547 \def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} | |
5548 \def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} | |
5549 \def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} | |
5550 \def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} | |
5551 \def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} | |
5552 | |
5553 | |
5554 \message{macros,} | |
5555 % @macro. | |
5556 | |
5557 % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, | |
5558 % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. | |
5559 \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined | |
5560 \newwrite\macscribble | |
5561 \def\scanmacro#1{% | |
5562 \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M | |
5563 % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5564 \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@ |
41418 | 5565 % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. |
5566 \toks0={#1\endinput}% | |
5567 \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp | |
5568 \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% | |
5569 \immediate\closeout\macscribble | |
5570 \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces | |
5571 \input \jobname.tmp | |
5572 \endgroup | |
5573 } | |
5574 \else | |
5575 \def\scanmacro#1{% | |
5576 \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M | |
5577 % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5578 \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@ |
41418 | 5579 \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup} |
5580 \fi | |
5581 | |
5582 \newcount\paramno % Count of parameters | |
5583 \newtoks\macname % Macro name | |
5584 \newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? | |
5585 \def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form | |
5586 % \do\macro1\do\macro2... | |
5587 | |
5588 % Utility routines. | |
5589 % Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames. | |
5590 \def\cslet#1#2{% | |
5591 \expandafter\expandafter | |
5592 \expandafter\let | |
5593 \expandafter\expandafter | |
5594 \csname#1\endcsname | |
5595 \csname#2\endcsname} | |
5596 | |
5597 % Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. | |
5598 % Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). | |
5599 {\catcode`\@=11 | |
5600 \gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} | |
5601 \gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} | |
5602 \gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} | |
5603 \def\unbrace#1{#1} | |
5604 \unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} | |
5605 } | |
5606 | |
5607 % Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5608 {\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% |
41418 | 5609 \gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% |
5610 \gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% | |
5611 \gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% | |
5612 } | |
5613 | |
5614 % Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where | |
5615 % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active | |
5616 % (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. | |
5617 | |
5618 % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is | |
5619 % done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro | |
5620 % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. | |
5621 | |
5622 \def\macrobodyctxt{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5623 \catcode`\~=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5624 \catcode`\^=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5625 \catcode`\_=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5626 \catcode`\|=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5627 \catcode`\<=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5628 \catcode`\>=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5629 \catcode`\+=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5630 \catcode`\{=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5631 \catcode`\}=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5632 \catcode`\@=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5633 \catcode`\^^M=\other |
41418 | 5634 \usembodybackslash} |
5635 | |
5636 \def\macroargctxt{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5637 \catcode`\~=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5638 \catcode`\^=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5639 \catcode`\_=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5640 \catcode`\|=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5641 \catcode`\<=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5642 \catcode`\>=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5643 \catcode`\+=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5644 \catcode`\@=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5645 \catcode`\\=\other} |
41418 | 5646 |
5647 % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. | |
5648 % It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N | |
5649 % where N is the macro parameter number. | |
5650 % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so | |
5651 % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. | |
5652 | |
5653 {\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active | |
5654 @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} | |
5655 @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} | |
5656 } | |
5657 \expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} | |
5658 | |
5659 \def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} | |
5660 \def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} | |
5661 | |
5662 \def\macroxxx#1{% | |
5663 \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist | |
5664 \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments | |
5665 \paramno=0% | |
5666 \else | |
5667 \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% | |
5668 \fi | |
5669 \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname | |
5670 \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% | |
5671 \else | |
5672 \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5673 \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi |
41418 | 5674 \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% |
5675 \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% | |
5676 % Add the macroname to \macrolist | |
5677 \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}% | |
5678 \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0 | |
5679 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}% | |
5680 \fi | |
5681 \begingroup \macrobodyctxt | |
5682 \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody | |
5683 \else \expandafter\parsemacbody | |
5684 \fi} | |
5685 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5686 \def\unmacro{\parsearg\dounmacro} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5687 \def\dounmacro#1{% |
41418 | 5688 \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname |
5689 \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% | |
5690 \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5691 % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: |
41418 | 5692 \begingroup |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5693 \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5694 \let\do\unmacrodo |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5695 \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% |
41418 | 5696 \endgroup |
5697 \else | |
5698 \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% | |
5699 \fi | |
5700 } | |
5701 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5702 % Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5703 % macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5704 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5705 \def\unmacrodo#1{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5706 \ifx#1\relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5707 % remove this |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5708 \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5709 \noexpand\do \noexpand #1% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5710 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5711 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5712 |
41418 | 5713 % This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a |
5714 % <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by | |
5715 % an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. | |
5716 \def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} | |
5717 \def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} | |
5718 \def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} | |
5719 \def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} | |
5720 | |
5721 % Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist | |
5722 % so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah | |
5723 % in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. | |
5724 % That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). | |
5725 | |
5726 % We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. | |
5727 % The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something | |
5728 % unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine | |
5729 % it to # just before using the token list produced. | |
5730 % | |
5731 % The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before | |
5732 % the macro is used. | |
5733 | |
5734 \def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% | |
5735 \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} | |
5736 \def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% | |
5737 \if#1;\let\next=\relax | |
5738 \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx | |
5739 \advance\paramno by 1% | |
5740 \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname | |
5741 {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% | |
5742 \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% | |
5743 \fi\next} | |
5744 | |
5745 % These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. | |
5746 % (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) | |
5747 | |
5748 \long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% | |
5749 {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% | |
5750 \long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% | |
5751 {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% | |
5752 | |
5753 % This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and | |
5754 % nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. | |
5755 % Much magic with \expandafter here. | |
5756 % \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file | |
5757 % they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. | |
5758 \def\defmacro{% | |
5759 \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars | |
5760 \ifrecursive | |
5761 \ifcase\paramno | |
5762 % 0 | |
5763 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% | |
5764 \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% | |
5765 \or % 1 | |
5766 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% | |
5767 \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt | |
5768 \noexpand\braceorline | |
5769 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% | |
5770 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% | |
5771 \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% | |
5772 \else % many | |
5773 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% | |
5774 \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt | |
5775 \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% | |
5776 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% | |
5777 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% | |
5778 \expandafter\expandafter | |
5779 \expandafter\xdef | |
5780 \expandafter\expandafter | |
5781 \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname | |
5782 \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% | |
5783 \fi | |
5784 \else | |
5785 \ifcase\paramno | |
5786 % 0 | |
5787 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% | |
5788 \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% | |
5789 \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% | |
5790 \or % 1 | |
5791 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% | |
5792 \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt | |
5793 \noexpand\braceorline | |
5794 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% | |
5795 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% | |
5796 \egroup | |
5797 \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% | |
5798 \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% | |
5799 \else % many | |
5800 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% | |
5801 \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt | |
5802 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% | |
5803 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% | |
5804 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% | |
5805 \expandafter\expandafter | |
5806 \expandafter\xdef | |
5807 \expandafter\expandafter | |
5808 \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname | |
5809 \paramlist{% | |
5810 \egroup | |
5811 \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% | |
5812 \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% | |
5813 \fi | |
5814 \fi} | |
5815 | |
5816 \def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} | |
5817 | |
5818 % \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a | |
5819 % {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole | |
5820 % line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence | |
5821 % as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) | |
5822 \def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} | |
5823 \def\braceorlinexxx{% | |
5824 \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else | |
5825 \expandafter\parsearg | |
5826 \fi \next} | |
5827 | |
5828 % We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not | |
5829 % expanded by \write. | |
5830 \def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}% | |
5831 \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} | |
5832 | |
5833 | |
5834 % @alias. | |
5835 % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal | |
5836 % sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. | |
5837 \def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx} | |
5838 \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} | |
5839 \def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces | |
5840 \edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=% | |
5841 \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}% | |
5842 \expandafter\endgroup\next} | |
5843 | |
5844 | |
5845 \message{cross references,} | |
5846 % @xref etc. | |
5847 | |
5848 \newwrite\auxfile | |
5849 | |
5850 \newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. | |
5851 \newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. | |
5852 | |
5853 % @inforef is relatively simple. | |
5854 \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} | |
5855 \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, | |
5856 node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} | |
5857 | |
5858 % @node's job is to define \lastnode. | |
5859 \def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz} | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5860 \def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx #1,\finishnodeparse} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5861 \def\nodexxx#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} |
41418 | 5862 \let\nwnode=\node |
5863 \let\lastnode=\relax | |
5864 | |
5865 % The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these. | |
5866 \def\donoderef{% | |
5867 \ifx\lastnode\relax\else | |
5868 \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% | |
5869 {Ysectionnumberandtype}% | |
5870 \global\let\lastnode=\relax | |
5871 \fi | |
5872 } | |
5873 \def\unnumbnoderef{% | |
5874 \ifx\lastnode\relax\else | |
5875 \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}% | |
5876 \global\let\lastnode=\relax | |
5877 \fi | |
5878 } | |
5879 \def\appendixnoderef{% | |
5880 \ifx\lastnode\relax\else | |
5881 \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}% | |
5882 {Yappendixletterandtype}% | |
5883 \global\let\lastnode=\relax | |
5884 \fi | |
5885 } | |
5886 | |
5887 | |
5888 % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. | |
5889 % | |
5890 \newcount\savesfregister | |
5891 \gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} | |
5892 \gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} | |
5893 \gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} | |
5894 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5895 % \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5896 % anchor), namely NAME-title (the corresponding @chapter/etc. name), |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5897 % NAME-pg (the page number), and NAME-snt (section number and type). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5898 % Called from \foonoderef. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5899 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5900 % We have to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5901 % title aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5902 % the first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5903 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5904 % Likewise, use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5905 % and backslash work in node names. |
41418 | 5906 % |
5907 \def\setref#1#2{{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5908 \atdummies |
41418 | 5909 \pdfmkdest{#1}% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5910 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5911 \turnoffactive |
41418 | 5912 \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% |
5913 \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% | |
5914 \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}% | |
5915 }} | |
5916 | |
5917 % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is | |
5918 % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed | |
5919 % node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed | |
5920 % manual. All but the node name can be omitted. | |
5921 % | |
5922 \def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} | |
5923 \def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} | |
5924 \def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} | |
5925 \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup | |
5926 \unsepspaces | |
5927 \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% | |
5928 \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}% | |
5929 \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}% | |
5930 \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}% | |
5931 \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt | |
5932 % No printed node name was explicitly given. | |
5933 \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax | |
5934 % Use the node name inside the square brackets. | |
5935 \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% | |
5936 \else | |
5937 % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside | |
5938 % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. | |
5939 \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt | |
5940 % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. | |
5941 \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% | |
5942 \else | |
5943 \ifhavexrefs | |
5944 % We know the real title if we have the xref values. | |
5945 \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}% | |
5946 \else | |
5947 % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. | |
5948 \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% | |
5949 \fi% | |
5950 \fi | |
5951 \fi | |
5952 \fi | |
5953 % | |
5954 % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not | |
5955 % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will | |
5956 % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals | |
5957 % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this | |
5958 % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it | |
5959 % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. | |
5960 \ifpdf | |
5961 \leavevmode | |
5962 \getfilename{#4}% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5963 {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5964 \ifnum\filenamelength>0 |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5965 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5966 goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5967 \else |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5968 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5969 goto name{#1}% |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5970 \fi |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
5971 }% |
41418 | 5972 \linkcolor |
5973 \fi | |
5974 % | |
5975 \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt | |
5976 \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% | |
5977 \else | |
5978 % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the | |
5979 % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand | |
5980 % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of | |
5981 % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the | |
5982 % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5983 {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash |
41418 | 5984 % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for |
5985 % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. | |
5986 \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% | |
5987 \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi | |
5988 }% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5989 % output the `[mynode]' via a macro. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5990 \xrefprintnodename\printednodename |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5991 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5992 % But we always want a comma and a space: |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5993 ,\space |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5994 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5995 % output the `page 3'. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5996 \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% |
41418 | 5997 \fi |
5998 \endlink | |
5999 \endgroup} | |
6000 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6001 % This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6002 % output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6003 % since not square brackets don't work in some documents. Particularly |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6004 % one that Bob is working on :). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6005 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6006 \def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6007 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6008 % \dosetq is called from \setref to do the actual \write (\iflinks). |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6009 % |
41418 | 6010 \def\dosetq#1#2{% |
6011 {\let\folio=0% | |
6012 \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6013 \iflinks \next \fi |
41418 | 6014 }% |
6015 } | |
6016 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6017 % \internalsetq{foo}{page} expands into |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6018 % CHARACTERS @xrdef{foo}{...expansion of \page...} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6019 \def\internalsetq#1#2{@xrdef{#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6020 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6021 % Things to be expanded by \internalsetq. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6022 % |
41418 | 6023 \def\Ypagenumber{\folio} |
6024 \def\Ytitle{\thissection} | |
6025 \def\Ynothing{} | |
6026 \def\Ysectionnumberandtype{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6027 \ifnum\secno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6028 \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6029 \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6030 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6031 \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6032 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6033 \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6034 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6035 \fi\fi\fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6036 } |
41418 | 6037 |
6038 \def\Yappendixletterandtype{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6039 \ifnum\secno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6040 \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6041 \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6042 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6043 \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6044 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6045 \else |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6046 \putwordSection@tie |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6047 @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6048 \fi\fi\fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6049 } |
41418 | 6050 |
6051 % Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error | |
6052 % messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. | |
6053 % | |
6054 \ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6055 \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. |
41418 | 6056 \else |
6057 \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space} | |
6058 \fi | |
6059 | |
6060 % Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. | |
6061 % If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6062 % |
41418 | 6063 \def\refx#1#2{% |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6064 {% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6065 \indexnofonts |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6066 \otherbackslash |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6067 \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6068 \csname X#1\endcsname |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6069 }% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6070 \ifx\thisrefX\relax |
41418 | 6071 % If not defined, say something at least. |
6072 \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright | |
6073 \iflinks | |
6074 \ifhavexrefs | |
6075 \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% | |
6076 \else | |
6077 \ifwarnedxrefs\else | |
6078 \global\warnedxrefstrue | |
6079 \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% | |
6080 \fi | |
6081 \fi | |
6082 \fi | |
6083 \else | |
6084 % It's defined, so just use it. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6085 \thisrefX |
41418 | 6086 \fi |
6087 #2% Output the suffix in any case. | |
6088 } | |
6089 | |
6090 % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. | |
6091 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6092 \def\xrdef#1{\expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname} |
41418 | 6093 |
6094 % Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. | |
6095 \def\readauxfile{\begingroup | |
6096 \catcode`\^^@=\other | |
6097 \catcode`\^^A=\other | |
6098 \catcode`\^^B=\other | |
6099 \catcode`\^^C=\other | |
6100 \catcode`\^^D=\other | |
6101 \catcode`\^^E=\other | |
6102 \catcode`\^^F=\other | |
6103 \catcode`\^^G=\other | |
6104 \catcode`\^^H=\other | |
6105 \catcode`\^^K=\other | |
6106 \catcode`\^^L=\other | |
6107 \catcode`\^^N=\other | |
6108 \catcode`\^^P=\other | |
6109 \catcode`\^^Q=\other | |
6110 \catcode`\^^R=\other | |
6111 \catcode`\^^S=\other | |
6112 \catcode`\^^T=\other | |
6113 \catcode`\^^U=\other | |
6114 \catcode`\^^V=\other | |
6115 \catcode`\^^W=\other | |
6116 \catcode`\^^X=\other | |
6117 \catcode`\^^Z=\other | |
6118 \catcode`\^^[=\other | |
6119 \catcode`\^^\=\other | |
6120 \catcode`\^^]=\other | |
6121 \catcode`\^^^=\other | |
6122 \catcode`\^^_=\other | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6123 % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. |
41418 | 6124 % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't |
6125 % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, | |
6126 % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ | |
6127 % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat | |
6128 % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first | |
6129 % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could | |
6130 % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. | |
6131 % | |
6132 % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: | |
6133 % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter | |
6134 % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. | |
6135 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6136 \catcode`\^=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6137 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6138 % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... |
41418 | 6139 \catcode`\~=\other |
6140 \catcode`\[=\other | |
6141 \catcode`\]=\other | |
6142 \catcode`\"=\other | |
6143 \catcode`\_=\other | |
6144 \catcode`\|=\other | |
6145 \catcode`\<=\other | |
6146 \catcode`\>=\other | |
6147 \catcode`\$=\other | |
6148 \catcode`\#=\other | |
6149 \catcode`\&=\other | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6150 \catcode`\%=\other |
41418 | 6151 \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6152 % |
41418 | 6153 % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters |
6154 {% | |
6155 \count 1=128 | |
6156 \def\loop{% | |
6157 \catcode\count 1=\other | |
6158 \advance\count 1 by 1 | |
6159 \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi | |
6160 }% | |
6161 }% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6162 % |
41418 | 6163 % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on |
6164 % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6165 % For example, @xrdef{$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^ |
41418 | 6166 % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish, |
6167 % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6168 \catcode`\\=\other |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6169 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6170 % @ is our escape character in .aux files. |
41418 | 6171 \catcode`\{=1 |
6172 \catcode`\}=2 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6173 \catcode`\@=0 |
41418 | 6174 % |
6175 \openin 1 \jobname.aux | |
6176 \ifeof 1 \else | |
6177 \closein 1 | |
6178 \input \jobname.aux | |
6179 \global\havexrefstrue | |
6180 \global\warnedobstrue | |
6181 \fi | |
6182 % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. | |
6183 \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux | |
6184 \endgroup} | |
6185 | |
6186 | |
6187 % Footnotes. | |
6188 | |
6189 \newcount \footnoteno | |
6190 | |
6191 % The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is | |
6192 % vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a | |
6193 % pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is | |
6194 % removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a | |
6195 % space to prevent strange expansion errors.) | |
6196 \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } | |
6197 | |
6198 % @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. | |
6199 \let\footnotestyle=\comment | |
6200 | |
6201 \let\ptexfootnote=\footnote | |
6202 | |
6203 {\catcode `\@=11 | |
6204 % | |
6205 % Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. | |
6206 \gdef\footnote{% | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6207 \let\indent=\ptexindent |
41418 | 6208 \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne |
6209 \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% | |
6210 % | |
6211 % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the | |
6212 % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. | |
6213 \let\@sf\empty | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6214 \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi |
41418 | 6215 % |
6216 % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. | |
6217 \unskip | |
6218 \thisfootno\@sf | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6219 \dofootnote |
41418 | 6220 }% |
6221 | |
6222 % Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the | |
6223 % footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. | |
6224 % | |
6225 % Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses | |
6226 % \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when | |
6227 % the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. | |
6228 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6229 % The start of the footnote looks usually like this: |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6230 \gdef\startfootins{\insert\footins\bgroup} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6231 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6232 % ... but this macro is redefined inside @multitable. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6233 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6234 \gdef\dofootnote{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6235 \startfootins |
41418 | 6236 % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the |
6237 % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. | |
6238 % So reset some parameters. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6239 \hsize=\pagewidth |
41418 | 6240 \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty |
6241 \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes | |
6242 \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox | |
6243 \floatingpenalty\@MM | |
6244 \leftskip\z@skip | |
6245 \rightskip\z@skip | |
6246 \spaceskip\z@skip | |
6247 \xspaceskip\z@skip | |
6248 \parindent\defaultparindent | |
6249 % | |
6250 \smallfonts \rm | |
6251 % | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6252 % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6253 % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6254 % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6255 % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6256 \let\noindent = \relax |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6257 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6258 % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6259 % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6260 \everypar = {\hang}% |
41418 | 6261 \textindent{\thisfootno}% |
6262 % | |
6263 % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this | |
6264 % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it | |
6265 % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. | |
6266 \footstrut | |
6267 \futurelet\next\fo@t | |
6268 } | |
6269 }%end \catcode `\@=11 | |
6270 | |
6271 % @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should | |
6272 % surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the | |
6273 % change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would | |
6274 % have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main | |
6275 % vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). | |
6276 % | |
6277 \def\|{% | |
6278 % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. | |
6279 \leavevmode | |
6280 % | |
6281 % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. | |
6282 \vadjust{% | |
6283 % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current | |
6284 % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. | |
6285 \vskip-\baselineskip | |
6286 % | |
6287 % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So | |
6288 % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. | |
6289 \llap{% | |
6290 % | |
6291 % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. | |
6292 \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt | |
6293 % | |
6294 % This is the space between the bar and the text. | |
6295 \hskip 12pt | |
6296 }% | |
6297 }% | |
6298 } | |
6299 | |
6300 % For a final copy, take out the rectangles | |
6301 % that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided | |
6302 % that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). | |
6303 % | |
6304 \def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} | |
6305 | |
6306 % @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. | |
6307 % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. | |
6308 % | |
6309 % Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image | |
6310 % time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get | |
6311 % undone and the next image would fail. | |
6312 \openin 1 = epsf.tex | |
6313 \ifeof 1 \else | |
6314 \closein 1 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6315 % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6316 % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). |
41418 | 6317 \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% |
6318 \input epsf.tex | |
6319 \fi | |
6320 % | |
6321 % We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. | |
6322 \newif\ifwarnednoepsf | |
6323 \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to | |
6324 work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get | |
6325 it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} | |
6326 % | |
6327 \def\image#1{% | |
6328 \ifx\epsfbox\undefined | |
6329 \ifwarnednoepsf \else | |
6330 \errhelp = \noepsfhelp | |
6331 \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% | |
6332 \global\warnednoepsftrue | |
6333 \fi | |
6334 \else | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6335 \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish |
41418 | 6336 \fi |
6337 } | |
6338 % | |
6339 % Arguments to @image: | |
6340 % #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. | |
6341 % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6342 % #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6343 % #5 is (ignored optional) extension. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6344 % #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6345 \newif\ifimagevmode |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6346 \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6347 \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6348 \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6349 % If the image is by itself, center it. |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6350 \ifvmode |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6351 \imagevmodetrue |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6352 \nobreak\bigskip |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6353 % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6354 % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
6355 % above and below. |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6356 \nobreak\vskip\parskip |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6357 \nobreak |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6358 \line\bgroup\hss |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6359 \fi |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6360 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6361 % Output the image. |
41418 | 6362 \ifpdf |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6363 \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% |
41418 | 6364 \else |
6365 % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. | |
6366 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi | |
6367 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6368 \epsfbox{#1.eps}% |
41418 | 6369 \fi |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6370 % |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6371 \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6372 \endgroup} |
41418 | 6373 |
6374 | |
6375 \message{localization,} | |
6376 % and i18n. | |
6377 | |
6378 % @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after | |
6379 % @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything | |
6380 % properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. | |
6381 % It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. | |
6382 % | |
6383 \def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage} | |
6384 \def\dodocumentlanguage#1{% | |
6385 \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. | |
6386 % Read the file if it exists. | |
6387 \openin 1 txi-#1.tex | |
6388 \ifeof1 | |
6389 \errhelp = \nolanghelp | |
6390 \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% | |
6391 \let\temp = \relax | |
6392 \else | |
6393 \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }% | |
6394 \fi | |
6395 \temp | |
6396 \endgroup | |
6397 } | |
6398 \newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or | |
6399 is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory | |
6400 should work if nowhere else does.} | |
6401 | |
6402 | |
6403 % @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most | |
6404 % likely, but for now just recognize it. | |
6405 \let\documentencoding = \comment | |
6406 | |
6407 | |
6408 % Page size parameters. | |
6409 % | |
6410 \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt | |
6411 | |
6412 \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt | |
6413 \secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt | |
6414 \subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt | |
6415 | |
6416 % Prevent underfull vbox error messages. | |
6417 \vbadness = 10000 | |
6418 | |
6419 % Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. | |
6420 \hbadness = 2000 | |
6421 | |
6422 % Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. | |
6423 \widowpenalty=10000 | |
6424 \clubpenalty=10000 | |
6425 | |
6426 % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're | |
6427 % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of | |
6428 % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on | |
6429 % \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. | |
6430 % | |
6431 \def\setemergencystretch{% | |
6432 \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined | |
6433 % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. | |
6434 \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% | |
6435 \else | |
6436 \emergencystretch = .15\hsize | |
6437 \fi | |
6438 } | |
6439 | |
6440 % Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset; | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6441 % 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8) |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6442 % physical page width. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6443 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6444 % We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6445 % \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6446 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6447 \def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% |
41418 | 6448 \voffset = #3\relax |
6449 \topskip = #6\relax | |
6450 \splittopskip = \topskip | |
6451 % | |
6452 \vsize = #1\relax | |
6453 \advance\vsize by \topskip | |
6454 \outervsize = \vsize | |
6455 \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin | |
6456 \pageheight = \vsize | |
6457 % | |
6458 \hsize = #2\relax | |
6459 \outerhsize = \hsize | |
6460 \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in | |
6461 \pagewidth = \hsize | |
6462 % | |
6463 \normaloffset = #4\relax | |
6464 \bindingoffset = #5\relax | |
6465 % | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6466 \ifpdf |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6467 \pdfpageheight #7\relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6468 \pdfpagewidth #8\relax |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6469 \fi |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6470 % |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6471 \setleading{\textleading} |
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6472 % |
41418 | 6473 \parindent = \defaultparindent |
6474 \setemergencystretch | |
6475 } | |
6476 | |
6477 % @letterpaper (the default). | |
6478 \def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 | |
6479 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6480 \textleading = 13.2pt |
41418 | 6481 % |
6482 % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6483 \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6484 {\voffset}{.25in}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6485 {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6486 {11in}{8.5in}% |
41418 | 6487 }} |
6488 | |
6489 % Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format. | |
6490 \def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 | |
6491 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6492 \textleading = 12pt |
41418 | 6493 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6494 \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6495 {\voffset}{.25in}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6496 {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6497 {9.25in}{7in}% |
41418 | 6498 % |
6499 \lispnarrowing = 0.3in | |
6500 \tolerance = 700 | |
6501 \hfuzz = 1pt | |
6502 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt | |
6503 \defbodyindent = .5cm | |
6504 }} | |
6505 | |
6506 % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. | |
6507 \def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 | |
6508 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6509 \textleading = 13.2pt |
41418 | 6510 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6511 % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6512 % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6513 % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6514 % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6515 % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6516 % your texinfo source file like this: |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6517 % @tex |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6518 % \global\normaloffset = -6mm |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6519 % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6520 % @end tex |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6521 \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6522 {\voffset}{\hoffset}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6523 {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6524 {297mm}{210mm}% |
41418 | 6525 % |
6526 \tolerance = 700 | |
6527 \hfuzz = 1pt | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6528 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6529 \defbodyindent = 5mm |
41418 | 6530 }} |
6531 | |
6532 % Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. | |
6533 % From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. | |
6534 % He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. | |
6535 \def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 | |
6536 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6537 \textleading = 12.5pt |
41418 | 6538 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6539 \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6540 {\voffset}{\hoffset}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6541 {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6542 {210mm}{148mm}% |
41418 | 6543 % |
6544 \lispnarrowing = 0.2in | |
6545 \tolerance = 800 | |
6546 \hfuzz = 1.2pt | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6547 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt |
41418 | 6548 \defbodyindent = 2mm |
6549 \tableindent = 12mm | |
6550 }} | |
6551 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6552 % A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. |
41418 | 6553 \def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6554 \afourpaper |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6555 \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6556 {\voffset}{4.6mm}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6557 {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6558 {297mm}{210mm}% |
41418 | 6559 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6560 % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. |
41418 | 6561 \globaldefs = 0 |
6562 }} | |
6563 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6564 % Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6565 \def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 |
41418 | 6566 \afourpaper |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6567 \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6568 {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6569 {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6570 {297mm}{210mm}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6571 \globaldefs = 0 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6572 }} |
41418 | 6573 |
6574 % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] | |
6575 % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, | |
6576 % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. | |
6577 % | |
6578 \def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx} | |
6579 \def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} | |
6580 \def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% | |
6581 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi | |
6582 \globaldefs = 1 | |
6583 % | |
6584 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6585 \setleading{\textleading}% |
41418 | 6586 % |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6587 \dimen0 = #1 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6588 \advance\dimen0 by \voffset |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6589 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6590 \dimen2 = \hsize |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6591 \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6592 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6593 \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6594 {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6595 {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6596 {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% |
41418 | 6597 }} |
6598 | |
6599 % Set default to letter. | |
6600 % | |
6601 \letterpaper | |
6602 | |
6603 | |
6604 \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} | |
6605 | |
6606 % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. | |
6607 \catcode`\"=\other | |
6608 \catcode`\~=\other | |
6609 \catcode`\^=\other | |
6610 \catcode`\_=\other | |
6611 \catcode`\|=\other | |
6612 \catcode`\<=\other | |
6613 \catcode`\>=\other | |
6614 \catcode`\+=\other | |
6615 \catcode`\$=\other | |
6616 \def\normaldoublequote{"} | |
6617 \def\normaltilde{~} | |
6618 \def\normalcaret{^} | |
6619 \def\normalunderscore{_} | |
6620 \def\normalverticalbar{|} | |
6621 \def\normalless{<} | |
6622 \def\normalgreater{>} | |
6623 \def\normalplus{+} | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6624 \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix |
41418 | 6625 |
6626 % This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont | |
6627 % where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts, | |
6628 % where something hairier probably needs to be done. | |
6629 % | |
6630 % #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print | |
6631 % otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero | |
6632 % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all | |
6633 % typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. | |
6634 % | |
6635 \def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} | |
6636 | |
6637 % Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches | |
6638 % non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from | |
6639 % italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway | |
6640 % this is not a problem. | |
6641 \def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} | |
6642 | |
6643 % Turn off all special characters except @ | |
6644 % (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). | |
6645 % Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can | |
6646 % use math or other variants that look better in normal text. | |
6647 | |
6648 \catcode`\"=\active | |
6649 \def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} | |
6650 \let"=\activedoublequote | |
6651 \catcode`\~=\active | |
6652 \def~{{\tt\char126}} | |
6653 \chardef\hat=`\^ | |
6654 \catcode`\^=\active | |
6655 \def^{{\tt \hat}} | |
6656 | |
6657 \catcode`\_=\active | |
6658 \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} | |
6659 % Subroutine for the previous macro. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6660 \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } |
41418 | 6661 |
6662 \catcode`\|=\active | |
6663 \def|{{\tt\char124}} | |
6664 \chardef \less=`\< | |
6665 \catcode`\<=\active | |
6666 \def<{{\tt \less}} | |
6667 \chardef \gtr=`\> | |
6668 \catcode`\>=\active | |
6669 \def>{{\tt \gtr}} | |
6670 \catcode`\+=\active | |
6671 \def+{{\tt \char 43}} | |
6672 \catcode`\$=\active | |
47006
f267224443ae
Update to version 4.2
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
41418
diff
changeset
|
6673 \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix |
41418 | 6674 |
6675 % Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time. | |
6676 {\catcode`\==\active | |
6677 \global\def={{\tt \char 61}}} | |
6678 | |
6679 \catcode`+=\active | |
6680 \catcode`\_=\active | |
6681 | |
6682 % If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file | |
6683 % name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. | |
6684 % So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. | |
6685 % \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. | |
6686 \def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} | |
6687 | |
6688 \catcode`\@=0 | |
6689 | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6690 % \rawbackslashxx outputs one backslash character in current font, |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6691 % as in \char`\\. |
41418 | 6692 \global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\ |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6693 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6694 % \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \rawbackslashxx. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6695 % \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6696 % catcode other. |
41418 | 6697 {\catcode`\\=\active |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6698 @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6699 @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6700 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6701 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6702 % \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other. |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6703 {\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} |
41418 | 6704 |
6705 % \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. | |
6706 \def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}} | |
6707 | |
6708 \catcode`\\=\active | |
6709 | |
6710 % Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters | |
6711 % even after parsing them. | |
51944
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6712 @def@turnoffactive{% |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6713 @let"=@normaldoublequote |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6714 @let\=@realbackslash |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6715 @let~=@normaltilde |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6716 @let^=@normalcaret |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6717 @let_=@normalunderscore |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6718 @let|=@normalverticalbar |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6719 @let<=@normalless |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6720 @let>=@normalgreater |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6721 @let+=@normalplus |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6722 @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6723 } |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6724 |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6725 % Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6726 % the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6727 % effect.) |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6728 % |
4bfad02b45db
Apply Karl Berry's bug fix so @copying works with @ifnottex
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
6729 @def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash} |
41418 | 6730 |
6731 % Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. | |
6732 % This is canceled by @fixbackslash. | |
6733 @otherifyactive | |
6734 | |
6735 % If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. | |
6736 % That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing | |
6737 % a backslash. | |
6738 % | |
6739 @gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} | |
6740 @global@let\ = @eatinput | |
6741 | |
6742 % On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then | |
6743 % the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix | |
6744 % that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. | |
6745 % Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input | |
6746 % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. | |
6747 % | |
6748 @gdef@fixbackslash{% | |
6749 @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi | |
6750 @catcode`+=@active | |
6751 @catcode`@_=@active | |
6752 } | |
6753 | |
6754 % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. | |
6755 @escapechar = `@@ | |
6756 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
47006
diff
changeset
|
6757 % These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. |
41418 | 6758 @catcode`@& = @other |
6759 @catcode`@# = @other | |
6760 @catcode`@% = @other | |
6761 | |
6762 @c Set initial fonts. | |
6763 @textfonts | |
6764 @rm | |
6765 | |
6766 | |
6767 @c Local variables: | |
6768 @c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) | |
6769 @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" | |
6770 @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" | |
6771 @c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" | |
6772 @c time-stamp-end: "}" | |
6773 @c End: | |
52401 | 6774 |
53451
c22fbd2084b4
Use arch-tag: syntax that tla can grok
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53396
diff
changeset
|
6775 @ignore |
c22fbd2084b4
Use arch-tag: syntax that tla can grok
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53396
diff
changeset
|
6776 arch-tag: 53261dd3-7df7-4ec3-9d90-af7a955d3c87 |
c22fbd2084b4
Use arch-tag: syntax that tla can grok
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53396
diff
changeset
|
6777 @end ignore |